WO2006070563A1 - Wireless tag communication system, wireless tag communication equipment and wireless tag detecting system - Google Patents
Wireless tag communication system, wireless tag communication equipment and wireless tag detecting system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2006070563A1 WO2006070563A1 PCT/JP2005/022305 JP2005022305W WO2006070563A1 WO 2006070563 A1 WO2006070563 A1 WO 2006070563A1 JP 2005022305 W JP2005022305 W JP 2005022305W WO 2006070563 A1 WO2006070563 A1 WO 2006070563A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- wireless tag
- tag
- wireless
- signal
- transmission
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
- G01S13/00—Systems using the reflection or reradiation of radio waves, e.g. radar systems; Analogous systems using reflection or reradiation of waves whose nature or wavelength is irrelevant or unspecified
- G01S13/74—Systems using reradiation of radio waves, e.g. secondary radar systems; Analogous systems
- G01S13/75—Systems using reradiation of radio waves, e.g. secondary radar systems; Analogous systems using transponders powered from received waves, e.g. using passive transponders, or using passive reflectors
- G01S13/751—Systems using reradiation of radio waves, e.g. secondary radar systems; Analogous systems using transponders powered from received waves, e.g. using passive transponders, or using passive reflectors wherein the responder or reflector radiates a coded signal
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
- G01S13/00—Systems using the reflection or reradiation of radio waves, e.g. radar systems; Analogous systems using reflection or reradiation of waves whose nature or wavelength is irrelevant or unspecified
- G01S13/87—Combinations of radar systems, e.g. primary radar and secondary radar
- G01S13/878—Combination of several spaced transmitters or receivers of known location for determining the position of a transponder or a reflector
Definitions
- Wireless tag communication system Wireless tag communication apparatus, and wireless tag detection system
- the present invention relates to a wireless tag communication device that performs non-contact communication of information with a predetermined wireless tag, and a wireless tag communication system and a wireless tag detection system using the wireless tag communication device. Regarding improvement.
- An RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system is known in which information is read out in a non-contact manner from a small-sized wireless tag (responder) in which predetermined information is stored by a predetermined wireless tag communication device (interrogator). ing.
- This RFID system can read information stored in a wireless tag by communication with the wireless tag communication device even when the wireless tag is dirty or placed at an invisible position. Therefore, practical use is expected in various fields such as product management and inspection processes.
- the RFID system As one use form of the RFID system, a technique for detecting a position in a limited space such as a room has been proposed. For example, this is the destination guidance system described in Patent Document 2. According to this technology, by attaching a wireless tag to a display shelf or the like to be guided, the position can be displayed on the floor map.
- the communication distance of the wireless tag communication device is usually limited to about several meters. For this reason, the wireless tag placed in a relatively large space could not be suitably detected with only a single wireless tag communication device. Therefore, a technique for detecting a wireless tag arranged within a predetermined communication range by a plurality of wireless tag communication devices has been proposed.
- this is the article search system described in Patent Document 3. According to this technology, it is said that a wireless tag arranged within a communication range can be suitably detected by covering the communication range with a plurality of wireless tag communication devices capable of transmitting / receiving information to / from each other.
- Patent Document 1 JP 2002-271229 A
- Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-116583
- Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-132732
- the RFID system can be attached to an article or the like.
- communication with a wireless tag having management information for managing them hereinafter referred to as an article tag
- an article tag communication with a wireless tag having management information for managing them.
- communication with the place tag and communication with the article tag are simultaneously performed, and correct communication is performed by superimposing communication signals.
- communication with the place tag and communication with the article tag are simultaneously performed, and correct communication is performed by superimposing communication signals.
- communication with the place tag and communication with the article tag are simultaneously performed, and correct communication is performed by superimposing communication signals.
- communication data increased by performing these communications simultaneously. For this reason, there has been a demand for the development of a technique for appropriately communicating with and obtaining a plurality of types of wireless tags.
- a so-called passive tag that does not include an internal power supply source is generally one that cannot communicate by receiving a plurality of transmission signals simultaneously.
- the wireless tag is not able to receive a signal correctly in a portion where the communication ranges of the plurality of wireless tag communication devices overlap. There was a possibility that suitable communication could not be performed.
- a sufficient time interval should be provided for transmission of transmission signals by adjacent wireless tag communication devices.
- the number of wireless tags existing around the station and the number of wireless tags communicate with each other. When the timing is weak, there is a limit to improving the communication speed because the sequence control becomes complicated, such as a sufficient time interval. For this reason, the development of a wireless tag detection system that can detect wireless tags placed in the communication range as quickly as possible has been demanded. Disclosure of the invention
- the present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect an accurate position of a wireless tag that is a communication target.
- the gist of the first invention is a wireless tag communication system that performs non-contact communication of information with a predetermined wireless tag, A first wireless tag provided at a fixed position with respect to a reference position, and a wireless tag communication device that communicates information with the first wireless tag, the wireless tag communication device comprising: The communication of information between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag determines the position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position, and the position of the first wireless tag. The position of the RFID tag communication device with respect to the reference position is determined based on the above.
- the gist of the second invention is that a transmission signal is transmitted toward a predetermined wireless tag, and the RFID tag power is returned according to the transmission signal.
- a wireless tag communication device that receives a reply signal transmitted and communicates information with the wireless tag, and a signal dividing unit for dividing the reception signal of the wireless tag power into a plurality of signal areas It is characterized by having.
- the gist of the third invention is the second invention.
- the wireless tag communication system using the wireless tag communication device of the present invention is characterized in that information is communicated with a plurality of types of wireless tags having different signal areas.
- the gist of the fourth invention is that wireless communication is performed by communicating information with a wireless tag storing predetermined information in a contactless manner.
- a wireless tag detection system for detecting a tag wherein one or a plurality of transmission terminal devices that transmit a predetermined transmission signal toward the wireless tag, and the wireless communication according to a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device
- a plurality of receiving terminal devices that receive a reply signal returned from the tag are provided at different positions as separate devices.
- information is communicated between the first wireless tag provided in a fixed position with respect to the predetermined reference position and the first wireless tag.
- a wireless tag communication device that determines the position of the first wireless tag relative to the reference position by communicating information with the first wireless tag. And the position of the RFID tag communication device relative to the reference position is determined based on the position of the first RFID tag, so that the RFID tag communication device moves relative to the reference position. Even so, the relative positional relationship force with the first wireless tag can suitably detect the position of the wireless tag communication device. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect an accurate position of the wireless tag communication apparatus.
- the first invention preferably includes a second wireless tag that is movable with respect to the reference position and communicates information with the wireless tag communication device.
- the position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position is determined based on the position of the communication device. In this way, it is possible to suitably detect the relative position of the second radio tag with respect to the first radio tag.
- by registering the position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position in the wireless tag communication device in advance complicated operations such as manually registering the position of the detected second wireless tag are performed. No need to do it. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect the accurate position of a wireless tag that is a communication target.
- the apparatus includes a storage device for storing a position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position. In this way, the position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position can be managed in a practical manner.
- the storage device stores a position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position.
- the position of the second radio tag with respect to the reference position can be managed in a practical manner.
- the storage device stores the position of the first wireless tag and the position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position in association with each other. In this way, the positions of the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position can be managed in a practical manner.
- the wireless tag communication device alternately performs communication of information with the first wireless tag and communication of information with the second wireless tag. Is. In this way, it is possible to prevent communication overlap between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag in a practical manner.
- the strength of a transmission signal for performing information communication with the first wireless tag is equal to that of the transmission signal for performing information communication with the second wireless tag. It is larger than the signal strength. In this way, in addition to being able to distinguish the communication range between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag, it is easy to communicate with a plurality of first wireless tags.
- the communicable distance of the first wireless tag is larger than the communicable distance of the second wireless tag.
- the wireless tag communication device is configured such that the strength of a return signal from the wireless tag When a plurality of the first RFID tag response signals are received, the signal strength corresponding to the plurality of first RFID tags is received.
- the position with respect to the reference position is determined based on the signal intensity detected by the detection unit. In this way, the position relative to the reference position can be reliably detected.
- the wireless tag communication device is configured so that a predetermined relational force is also detected based on the signal strength detected by the signal strength detection unit corresponding to each of the plurality of first wireless tags.
- the position of the second wireless tag between the plurality of first wireless tags is determined. In this way, the position relative to the reference position can be detected more accurately in a practical manner.
- commands for returning a reply signal are separately determined in advance. In this way, it is possible to prevent communication overlap between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag in a practical manner.
- the first wireless tag is an active tag having a power supply device.
- the communicable distance of the first wireless tag can be extended, and the number of installed first wireless tags can be reduced.
- the second wireless tag is used by being affixed to an article in order to manage the prescribed article.
- the arrangement position of the article can be managed in a practical manner.
- the signal division unit for dividing the received signal from the wireless tag into a plurality of signal areas since the signal division unit for dividing the received signal from the wireless tag into a plurality of signal areas is provided, Information can be communicated between them simultaneously, and adverse effects such as superimposition of communication signals and increase in communication errors can be prevented. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication device that can suitably communicate with a plurality of types of wireless tags.
- the signal dividing unit divides received signals from a plurality of types of wireless tags having different functions into a plurality of signal regions according to functions. is there. In this way, multiple types of wireless tags with different functions can be used simultaneously. It is possible to communicate information.
- an AZD converter that converts the received signal having the RFID tag power into a digital signal
- the signal dividing unit divides the received signal into a plurality of signal regions by digital signal processing. Is. In this way, by using digital signal processing, frequency decomposition using a filter bank or FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filter becomes possible.
- the reception phased array includes a plurality of antenna elements, and controls the reception directivity by controlling the phase of each of the reception signals from the wireless tag received by the plurality of antenna elements. It has a control part. In this way, the direction of the wireless tag can be suitably specified.
- the apparatus includes a plurality of antenna elements, and a transmission phased array control unit that controls transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements. is there. In this way, the direction of the wireless tag can be suitably specified.
- the third invention since information is communicated with a plurality of types of wireless tags having different signal areas, communication signals are superimposed and communication errors increase. Can prevent harmful effects. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can suitably communicate with a plurality of types of wireless tags.
- the plurality of types of wireless tags have different modulation frequencies. In this way, the signal areas of the plurality of types of radio tags can be distinguished in a practical manner.
- At least one type of wireless tag among the plurality of types of wireless tags performs information communication with the wireless tag communication device by frequency modulation. In this way, communication signal superposition can be prevented in a practical manner.
- the wireless tag that performs frequency modulation performs frequency hopping that selects any one of a plurality of frequencies and uses it as a center frequency of the modulation frequency. In this way, it is possible to more suitably prevent communication signals from being superimposed and to establish communication correctly.
- at least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the wireless tag communication device. is there. In this way, it is possible to suitably perform simultaneous communication with the plurality of types of wireless tags that do not need to send a transmission command to the target wireless tag.
- At least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags is a semi-passive tag having a power supply device.
- a semi-passive tag having a power supply device.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus processes a plurality of types of received signals of a plurality of types of wireless tags received in association with each other. In this way, complex information processing can be performed using the plurality of types of wireless tags.
- At least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags is a tag that is provided in a fixed position at a predetermined location and has location information indicating the location. In this way, information about a place can be acquired in a practical manner.
- At least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags is a tag having management information that is attached to an item and manages the item.
- article management information can be acquired in a practical manner.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus includes a plurality of antenna elements, and controls the phase of each received signal of the RFID tag power received by the plurality of antenna elements. Having a reception phased array control unit for controlling transmission characteristics, or having a transmission phased array control unit for controlling transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements.
- the plurality of types of wireless tags are arranged around the wireless tag communication device, and received signals received simultaneously from the plurality of types of wireless tags are processed in association with each other. In this way, the direction of the article to which the tag having the management information is attached can be suitably detected by referring to the information regarding the location indicated by the tag having the location information.
- one or a plurality of transmission terminal devices that transmit a predetermined transmission signal toward the wireless tag, and a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device And a plurality of receiving terminal devices that receive reply signals sent back from the wireless tag according to the above are provided at different positions as separate devices, so that a necessary and sufficient number of transmitting terminal devices and receiving terminals are provided.
- a plurality of receiving terminal devices receive a reply signal that is returned in response to the RFID tag power in response to a transmission signal transmitted from the predetermined transmitting terminal device.
- These transmitting terminal devices and a plurality of receiving terminal devices are provided at such positions. In this way, by installing a larger number of receiving terminal devices than the transmitting terminal device, it is possible to receive a plurality of reply signals sent back from the wireless tag in response to a transmission signal transmitted from a predetermined transmitting terminal device. It can be received by the terminal device, and all wireless tags arranged in the communication range can be efficiently detected while suitably preventing communication overlap.
- the reception terminal device includes a reception directivity control unit that controls a reception directivity direction for receiving a reply signal returned from the wireless tag.
- a reception directivity control unit that controls a reception directivity direction for receiving a reply signal returned from the wireless tag.
- the position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on a direction of reception directivity controlled by a reception directivity control unit of the reception terminal device.
- the position where the wireless tag arranged in the communication range is present can be detected quickly by relatively simple control.
- the wireless tag is configured based on a direction of reception directivity controlled by a reception directivity control unit of each of the plurality of reception terminal devices and a distance between the plurality of reception terminal devices. It detects the existing position. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
- the transmitting terminal device transmits a transmission signal toward the wireless tag.
- the transmission directivity control unit for controlling the transmission directivity is provided. In this way, the wireless tag disposed within the communication range can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
- the position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on a direction of transmission directivity controlled by a transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device.
- a transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device Preferably, the position where the wireless tag arranged in the communication range is present can be detected quickly by relatively simple control.
- the receiving terminal device includes a received signal strength detection unit that detects the strength of a reply signal returned from the wireless tag.
- the RFID tag can be suitably detected based on the strength of the reply signal returned.
- the direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device and the reception signal detected by the reception signal strength detection units of the plurality of reception terminal devices respectively.
- the position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on the intensity ratio. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
- an equal signal strength ratio curve in which the specific power of at least two received signal strengths is also determined, and a direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device are shown.
- the position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on the straight line. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
- the transmission directivity of the transmission signal and the reception directivity of the reception signal are both omnidirectional, and the reception signal strength detected by the reception signal strength detection unit of the reception terminal device is set. Based on this, the position where the wireless tag exists is detected. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be detected quickly by relatively simple control.
- the position where the radio tag is present based on a plurality of equal signal strength curves determined from the received signal strengths respectively detected by the received signal strength detectors of the plurality of receiving terminal devices. Is detected. In this way, it is arranged within the communication range. The position where the wireless tag is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining a radio tag communication system according to an embodiment of the first invention.
- FIG. 2 is a plan view for explaining the external appearance of the RFID tag communication device that constitutes the RFID tag communication system of FIG. 1.
- FIG. 2 is a plan view for explaining the external appearance of the RFID tag communication device that constitutes the RFID tag communication system of FIG. 1.
- FIG. 3 is a rear view of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG. 2 as viewed from the direction of arrow III.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the wireless tag communication device in FIG. 2.
- FIG. 5 is a plan view showing an appearance of a first wireless tag constituting the wireless tag communication system of FIG. 1.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the wireless tag in FIG.
- FIG. 7 is a plan view showing the appearance of a second wireless tag constituting the wireless tag communication system of FIG. 1.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the wireless tag in FIG.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining detection control of the wireless tag in FIG. 6 and the wireless tag in FIG. 8 by the control unit of the wireless tag communication device in FIG.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining reading of the RFID tag of FIG. 6 and the RFID tag power information of FIG. 8 by the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating information reading control of the wireless tag in FIG. 6, which is a part of the control in FIG.
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating information reading control of the wireless tag in FIG. 8, which is a part of the control in FIG.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating the relative positional relationship between the radio tags in FIG. 6 and the radio tags in FIG. 8 in a mode in which a plurality of radio tags are arranged.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram conceptually illustrating location determination control by the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 4.
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart for explaining registration control for storing the position of the wireless tag in FIG. 6 and the position of the wireless tag in FIG. 8 relative to the reference position by the control unit of the wireless tag communication apparatus in FIG. 4 in association with each other.
- FIG. 16 is an example of a screen showing registration locations displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
- FIG. 17 is an example of a database stored in the storage device of the server in FIG. 1.
- FIG. 18 is a flowchart for explaining search control of the wireless tag of FIG. 6 and the wireless tag of FIG. 8 by the control unit of the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 4, and display control of the search result on the display unit.
- FIG. 19 is an example of a screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
- FIG. 20 is an example of a “here is notification” screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication device of FIG.
- FIG. 21 is an example of the “This is Notification” screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication device of FIG.
- FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining position detection control by the control unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
- FIG. 23 is a flowchart for explaining location determination control which is a part of the control of FIG.
- FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining a code representing a linear relative position between two wireless tags of FIG.
- FIG. 25 Search control of the wireless tag of FIG. 6 and the wireless tag of FIG. 8 by the control unit of the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 4, display control of the search result on the display unit, and radio of FIG. 6 with respect to the reference position 9 is a flowchart for explaining registration control for storing the tag position and the position of the wireless tag in FIG. 8 in association with each other.
- FIG. 26 is an example of a “location error notification” screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
- FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the wireless tags in FIG. 6 are arranged in a plane.
- FIG. 28 is a diagram conceptually illustrating determination of a planar location of the wireless tag of FIG. 8 arranged between a plurality of wireless tags of FIG. 6 in the embodiment of FIG. 27.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining a radio tag communication system according to an embodiment of the third invention.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of a wireless tag communication device according to an embodiment of the second invention.
- FIG. 31 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag of FIG. 3 and the location tag of FIG.
- the RFID tag device of FIG. 30 is also a frequency spectrum showing a response wave when the interrogation wave to be transmitted is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG.
- FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a relationship between a main carrier and a response wave used in the communication system of FIG. 29, and illustrates frequency hopping.
- FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a practical usage mode of the communication system of FIG. 29.
- FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the relationship between the IDs of the article tags of FIG. 3 stored in the database of FIG. 34 and the management information of the articles managed by these article tags.
- FIG. 36 is a flowchart for explaining article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 34 by the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 30.
- FIG. 37 is a diagram for explaining another practical use mode of the communication system of FIG. 29.
- FIG. 38 is a flowchart for explaining article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 37 by the wireless tag communication device of FIG.
- FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining another configuration of a place tag that is a communication target of the wireless tag communication device of FIG.
- FIG. 42 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag of FIG. 3 and the location tag of FIG. 41.
- the RFID tag communication device shown in FIG. 30 is also a frequency spectrum showing the carrier wave and sideband signal of the response wave when the transmitted interrogation wave is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG.
- FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a relationship between a main carrier and a response wave used in the communication system of FIG. 29.
- FIG. 45 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system according to one embodiment of the fourth invention.
- FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of a transmission terminal device provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
- FIG. 47 A diagram illustrating a configuration of a receiving terminal device provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
- FIG. 48 is a diagram exemplifying wireless tag detection results by a plurality of receiving terminal devices stored in a server provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 45.
- FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating position detection of the wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 45.
- 51 is a flowchart for explaining a main part of wireless tag detection control using the receiving terminal device of FIG. 47 by a server provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 45.
- FIG. 52 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system according to another embodiment of the fourth invention.
- FIG. 53 A diagram illustrating a configuration of a receiving terminal device provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
- FIG. 54 is a diagram for explaining an equal signal intensity curve used for position detection of a wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 52.
- FIG. 55 is a diagram for describing position detection of the wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 52.
- FIG. 56 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system according to still another embodiment of the fourth invention.
- FIG. 57 is a diagram for explaining a configuration of a transmission terminal device by the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
- FIG. 58 is a diagram showing the ID of the wireless tag and the received signal strength detected by each receiving terminal device when a transmitting signal is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device in FIG. 57 in a predetermined transmission directivity direction. There is a case where one wireless tag is detected.
- FIG. 59 is a diagram showing the ID of a wireless tag and the received signal strength detected by each receiving terminal device when a transmitting signal is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device in FIG. 57 in a predetermined transmission directivity direction. The case where a wireless tag is detected is illustrated.
- FIG. 60 is a diagram for explaining the position detection of the wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 56, and shows an example of specifying the position of the tag with ID “1” from the detection result of FIG.
- FIG. 61 is a flow chart for explaining a main part of wireless tag detection control using the transmission terminal device of FIG. 57 and the reception terminal device of FIG. 53 by a server provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
- FIG. 62 is a flowchart for explaining tag position specifying control which is a part of the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG. 61; Explanation of symbols
- FIG. 1 is a view for explaining a radio tag communication system 10 (hereinafter referred to as communication system 10) according to an embodiment of the first invention.
- This communication system 10 is a so-called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) composed of a wireless tag communication device 12 and a plurality of types (two types in FIG. 1) of wireless tags 14 and 16 with which the wireless tag communication device 12 is to communicate.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 functions as an interrogator of the RFID system, and the RFID tags 14 and 16 function as responders.
- the interrogation wave F which is a transmission signal
- a predetermined information signal Data
- the interrogation wave F is modulated, and response waves F and F which are return signals (hereinafter referred to as c ra rb unless otherwise distinguished)
- the wireless tag communication device 12 is a portable device provided so as to be movable with respect to a predetermined reference position.
- the wireless tag communication device non-reader
- the user 18 carries the wireless tag communication device 12 and detects the wireless tags 14 and 16 while referring to the screen.
- different IDs are assigned to the wireless tags 14 and 16, respectively, and it is possible to identify each wireless tag based on the IDs.
- the communication system 10 includes a single or plural (single in FIG. 1) first wireless tags 14 as communication targets of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and a single or plural (single single in FIG. 1). ) Of the second wireless tag 16.
- the first wireless tag 14 is preferably provided with location information that is fixed in position with respect to a predetermined reference position (for example, a room to which the communication system 10 of the present embodiment is applied) and indicates a predetermined location. In the following description, it is referred to as a place tag 14.
- the second wireless tag 16 is preferably a tag having management information for managing the article 20 that is used by being affixed to the article 20 in order to manage the predetermined article 20. In the following description, it is referred to as an article tag 16.
- the communication system 10 is provided with a server 96 having a storage device 98 for storing information on the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 in association with each other.
- the server 96 is connected via the network 13. Information can be exchanged with the wireless tag communication device 12.
- FIG. 2 is a plan view for explaining the external appearance of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of FIG. 2 viewed from the direction of arrow III.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 also includes a main unit 22 and an antenna unit 24 force detachably provided on the main unit 22.
- the main unit 22 includes a housing 26, a display unit 28 provided on a flat surface portion of the housing 26, an operation unit 30 provided on the side of the display unit 28 in the flat surface portion, a buzzer, an alarm, Alternatively, a sound generating device 32 such as a chime speaker is provided.
- the operation unit 30 includes input devices such as predetermined keys, buttons, switches, and pads, and the input device is used for display on the display unit 28 and communication with the wireless tags 14 and 16. Do various operations! Get to get! /
- the antenna unit 24 transmits a predetermined interrogation wave F to the wireless tags 14 and 16 in order to communicate information with the wireless tags 14 and 16 in a contactless manner,
- a transmission / reception shared antenna 34 for receiving response waves returned from the wireless tags 14 and 16 is provided so as to protrude from the unit base 36 to the left and right.
- the antenna 34 is, for example, a unimodal antenna having a relatively narrow directivity, and the wireless tags 14 and 16 are detected and obtained pinpoint by using a so-called pencil beam shape with a narrow directivity. It is structured as follows.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 is transmitted from the transmission unit (transmission circuit) 38 for transmitting a predetermined interrogation wave F to the wireless tags 14 and 16, and transmitted from the transmission unit 38.
- the receiver is a communication target via the receiver (homodyne detection circuit) 40 for processing the response wave F returned from the wireless tags 14 and 16 according to the interrogation wave F, and the transmitter 38 and receiver 40.
- a control unit 42 that controls information communication between the wireless tags 14 and 16, an image processing unit 44 that displays a predetermined image on the display unit 28 in accordance with a command from the control unit 42, a predetermined unit
- a wireless LAN communication unit 46 for connecting the control unit 42 to the server 96 and the like via a network.
- the control unit 42 includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, and is a so-called microcomputer that performs signal processing according to a program stored in advance in the ROM while using a temporary storage function of the RAM.
- the transmission unit 38 includes a reference frequency generation unit 48 that generates a reference signal for the carrier wave f.
- the PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 50 that sets the frequency of the main carrier based on the reference wave generated by the reference frequency generator 48 and the control signal from the controller 42, and the frequency of the main carrier from the PLL 50
- a VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 52 that outputs in accordance with the control voltage of the control signal and a main carrier having a predetermined frequency controlled by the VC052 based on a predetermined control signal TX-ASK supplied from the control unit 42.
- the transmission signal output from the transmission signal amplifying unit 56 is transmitted from the antenna 34 to the wireless tags 14 and 16 as the interrogation wave F via the transmission / reception separating unit 62.
- a circulator or a directional coupler is preferably used as the transmission / reception separating unit 62.
- the receiving unit 40 converts the received signals from the wireless tags 14 and 16 received by the antenna 34 and supplied via the transmission / reception separating unit 62 into an I-phase signal and a Q-phase signal that are orthogonal to each other.
- I-phase signal converter 58 and Q-phase signal converter 60 I-phase signal BP F64 for extracting only signals in a predetermined frequency band from the I-phase signals output from the I-phase signal converter 58, and I-phase signal I-phase signal amplification unit 66 that amplifies I-phase signal output from BPF64, and Q-phase signal that extracts only signals in a predetermined frequency band from the Q-phase signal output from Q-phase signal conversion unit 60
- Signal BPF68, Q-phase signal amplifier 70 that amplifies Q-phase signal output from Q-phase signal BPF68, I-phase signal and Q-phase signal output from I-phase signal BPF64 and Q-phase signal BPF68 above RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit, which is a signal strength detector that detects the strength 7 2 and the signals output from the I-phase signal amplifying unit 66, the Q-phase signal amplifying unit 70, and the RSSI circuit 72 are processed by the control unit 42 and a predetermined information signal is read out. .
- FIG. 5 is a plan view showing the appearance of the place tag 14, and FIG. 6 is a view for explaining the configuration of the place tag 14.
- the location tag 14 includes an antenna unit 74 such as a dipole antenna for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the RFID tag communication device 12, and the antenna unit 74.
- an IC circuit unit 76 for processing the received signal.
- the IC circuit unit 76 rectifies the interrogation wave F received from the RFID tag communication apparatus 12 received by the antenna unit 74, and the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78.
- the location tag via the memory unit 84 functioning as the above, the modulation / demodulation unit 86 connected to the antenna unit 74 to modulate and demodulate the signal, the rectification unit 78, the clock extraction unit 82, the modulation / demodulation unit 86, etc. 14 functionally includes a control unit 88 for controlling 14 operations.
- the control unit 88 performs control to store the predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication device 12 and transmits the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 74 to the modulation / demodulation unit 86.
- basic control such as control of reflecting and returning the response wave F as the response wave F from the antenna unit 74 is executed based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84.
- FIG. 7 is a plan view showing the appearance of the article tag 16
- FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the article tag 16.
- the article tag 16 includes an antenna unit 92 such as a dipole antenna for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the wireless tag communication device 12, and the antenna unit 92.
- the IC circuit unit 94 functionally includes the rectifying unit 78, the power supply unit 80, the clock extraction unit 82, the memory unit 84, the modulation / demodulation unit 86, and the control unit 88 described above.
- the control for storing the predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 92 are transmitted to the modem unit 86 in the above manner.
- the control unit Based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84, the control unit performs basic control such as control to reflect the reflected wave from the antenna unit 92 as the response wave F after modulation.
- the location tag 14 preferably includes a predetermined power supply device 90 as shown in FIG. 6, and the IC circuit unit 76 supplies power from the power supply device 90. It has an electrode for receiving. Further, the power supply unit 80 of the IC circuit unit 76 is configured so that the energy supplied from the power supply device 90 can be used as the power supply in addition to the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78. ing. That is, the place tag 14 is preferably a semi-nositive tag or an active tag that includes a predetermined power supply device 90 and operates by energy supplied from the power supply device 90. The antenna portion 74 provided in the place tag 14 is larger than the antenna portion 92 provided in the article tag 16. With these configurations, the communicable distance of the place tag 14 is larger than the communicable distance of the article tag 16. The article tag 16 is a passive tag that uses the interrogation wave F transmitted from the wireless tag communication device 12 as energy for operation.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining the detection control of the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
- the reading control of the location tag 14 is executed in a step SA shown in detail in FIG. 11 (hereinafter, step is omitted) SA.
- the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12 the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed.
- SC SA And after the association control of the information read by the SB is executed, this routine is terminated.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining reading of information from the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the wireless tag communication device 12.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 alternately performs communication of information with the place tag 14 and communication of information with the article tag 16. Is. That is, first, in order to communicate information with the location tag 14, the tag type flag for extracting the location code is “1” as a command for the location tag 14 to send back a reply signal. After transmitting a question wave F including a certain command and communicating information with the place tag 14, the article tag 16 is connected to the article tag 16 in order to communicate information.
- a query wave F including a command whose tag type flag for extracting an article code is “0” is transmitted, and information is communicated with the article tag 16. .
- the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 can separately perform communication processing, and the data of the place tag 14 and the data of the article tag 16 can be correlated with each other.
- “Ping (l)” processing for listing the ID of the location tag 14 is executed. This process specifies a part of the tag ID, specifies the so-called “Ping” command that receives all tag power replies including the specified ID, and specifies that the tag ID starts with “1”. To use. By using this processing, it is possible to list all the location tags 14 even if there are a plurality of location tags 14 within the communication range.
- SA2 it is determined whether or not the place tag 14 is listed in SA1. If the determination of SA2 is negative, the force that can be returned to the main routine shown in FIG. 9 accordingly. If the determination of SA2 is positive, the location tag 14 received by the antenna 34 is determined in SA3.
- the response signal from the receiver is processed by the receiver 40, and the location code stored in the location tag 14 is extracted.
- SA4 the location of the place tag 14 and the location of the wireless tag communication device 12 itself with respect to the place tag 14 are determined based on the location code extracted in SA3, and then the main routine shown in FIG. Recovery Be brought back.
- SB1 “Ping (0)” processing for listing the ID of the article tag 16 is executed.
- This process uses the “Ping” command by designating that the head of the tag ID is “0”. By using this processing, it is possible to list all the article tags 16 even when there are a plurality of article tags 16 within the communication range.
- SB2 it is determined whether or not the product tag 16 is listed in SB1. If the determination of SB2 is negative, the force to be returned to the main routine shown in FIG. 9 is determined.
- the reply signal from the group 16 is processed by the receiving unit 40, and the article code stored in the article tag 16 is extracted.
- SB4 after the article codes extracted in SB3 are listed, the process returns to the main routine shown in FIG.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 determines the position of the place tag 14 with respect to a predetermined reference position by communicating information between the place tag 14 and the article tag 16, and Based on the position of the place tag 14, the positions of the wireless tag communication device 12 and the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position are determined.
- the association control indicated by SC in FIG. 9 is a control for associating the position of the place tag 14 and the position of the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position, and the information thus associated is the wireless LAN communication unit. It is stored in the storage device 98 of the server 96 through 46.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating the relative positional relationship between the plurality of place tags 14 and the article tag 16, and describes an aspect in which the articles 20m and 20 ⁇ are managed in a warehouse or a library.
- the location tag 14a storing the location code “Loc A” for indicating the location ⁇ is stored in the location A
- the location tag 14b storing the location code “Loc B” for indicating the location B is stored.
- a place tag 14c in which a location code “Loc C” for indicating place C is stored is provided in place C;
- an article code for managing the article 20m “the article 20m to which the article tag 16m storing the Mat MJ is attached is installed at the location A and the article code for managing the article 20 ⁇ ” Product tag with Mat NJ stored 16 ⁇ It is installed in the middle of location B and location.
- the detection control by the wireless tag communication device 12 preferably, by first performing information reading control of the place tag 14, the position of the location tag 14 with respect to a predetermined reference position and the wireless tag communication device After determining the position of 12, the information reading control of the article tag 16 is performed, and the position of the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position is determined based on the position of the place tag 14 detected immediately before.
- the article with respect to the reference position is based on the signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72, which is a signal strength detection unit.
- the position of tag 16 is determined. For example, as shown in FIG.
- the information reading control of the article tag is performed after a reply of the signal strength “10” is received from the location tag 14a storing the location code “Loc Aj” by the information reading control of the location tag 14.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 exists at a position close to the place A, and the article tag 16m in which the article code of “Mat M” is stored is also stored in the place It is determined that it is located near A.
- the location tag 14b in which the location code “Loc B” is stored by the information reading control of the location tag 14 returns a signal strength “3” and the location tag in which the location code “Loc C” is stored.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 When the article code of “Mat N” is read by the information reading control of the article tag after the signal strength “5” is returned from 14c, the RFID tag communication device 12 is connected between the location B and the location C. An article tag 16 ⁇ that is present at a position near the place C and stores the article code of “Mat N” is also disposed between the place C and the place C from the place C. It is determined that This location determination will be described later with reference to FIG.
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart for explaining registration control for storing the position of the place tag 14 and the position of the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12 in association with each other. It is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
- the reading control of the place tag 14 is executed in the SA shown in detail in FIG.
- the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12 described above the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed.
- the SC the association control of the information read by the SA and SB is executed.
- the force with which this routine is terminated is determined, and if the determination of Sib is negative, in S1, for the nth tag in the list, for example, in FIG.
- the location code read by SA, the article code (tag ID) read by SB, the article name corresponding to the article code, the date and time of reading, etc. are mutually displayed on the display unit 28. Associated and displayed.
- S2 it is determined whether or not a scanning operation has been performed via the operation unit 30 or the like. If the determination of S2 is affirmed, the force to re-execute the processing below SA to re-create the list. If the determination of S2 is negative, in S3, it is registered via the operation unit 30 or the like.
- FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating search control of the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12, and display control of the search results on the display unit 28, and is repeated at a predetermined cycle. Is to be executed.
- this control first, in S5, articles (article names) that are to be searched for a predetermined list power are narrowed down.
- S6 an article code (tag ID) corresponding to the article name narrowed down in S5 is determined.
- S7 the registration location where the search is performed is read via the operation unit 30 or the like.
- S8 a screen showing the registration location read in S7 is displayed on the display unit 28.
- FIG. 19 shows an example of an image displayed on the display unit 28 in S8.
- the reading of the location tag 14 is performed. Take control.
- S9 it is determined whether or not the force indicates the registered location read in the location code force 7 read in SA. If the determination in S9 is negative, the power to execute the processing below SA again. If the determination in S9 is positive, in S10, the RFID tag communication device 12 is read in S7. “Here it is” is displayed on the display unit 28, indicating that it is located.
- FIG. 20 shows an example of an image displayed on the display unit 28 in S10. On this screen, a column indicating a registration location such as “Loc A” is flashed, and “ The text telop “This is!” Flashes.
- SB shown in detail in FIG.
- FIG. 21 shows an example of an image displayed on the display unit 28 in S 11. On this screen, a column indicating the article name to be searched for such as “article 1” is flashed and the screen is displayed. The text telop “This is it!” Flashes at the bottom.
- FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining position detection control by the control unit 42 of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
- the “Ping (l)” process for listing IDs is executed as described above.
- S 14 it is determined whether or not the place tag 14 has been found, that is, whether or not the place tag 14 has returned the response wave F. If this determination of S14 is negative, the force with which this routine is terminated is determined. If the determination of S14 is affirmative, in S15, there is only one power tag that has been found. That is, it is determined whether or not a response wave F is returned from one place tag 14.
- the location determination control shown in FIG. 23 is the same as the control shown in FIG. 22 described above, except that the location tag 14b storing the location code "Loc B" and the location code "Loc Cj"
- the control when the stored location tag 14c is selected will be described.
- SD1 the received signal strength of the response wave F from the location tag 14b detected by the RSSI circuit 72 is shown.
- R (B) is derived from Eq. (1) and R (C) in Eq. (2).
- the process returns to the main routine shown in FIG.
- the location determined as described above represents the position between the two location tags 14 as shown in FIG. 24, and the location tag 14b storing the location code “Loc B” is installed.
- the position between the place tag 14c where the location code “Loc C” is stored is “B9C1,” “B8C2,” “B7C3,” “B3C7”, “ It is expressed in the coordinates of “B2C8” and “B 1C9”.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus 12 itself or the article tag is based on the signal strength of the two place tags 14 detected by the RSSI circuit 72 from a predetermined relationship. Detailed positions (coordinates) such as 16 can be detected.
- FIG. 25 shows the search control of the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12 when the target object (target product tag 16) is specified, and the search result of the search result.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining display control on the display unit 28 and registration control for storing the location of the place tag 14 and the location of the product tag 16 with respect to the reference position in association with each other, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. Is. In this control, the location tag The intensity of the transmission signal for communicating information with 14 is greater than the intensity of the transmission signal for communicating information with the article tag 16.
- the object is specified, and in subsequent S19b, the ID of the object tag attached to the object and the ID of the place tag registered as the place tag indicating the place of the object are read. It is.
- the reading control of the location tag 14 is executed.
- the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12 described above the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed.
- S21 it is determined whether or not the target place tag 14 and the target article tag 16 have been found. If the determination in S21 is affirmative, in S22, the “here is notification” as shown in FIG. 20 described above is displayed on the display unit 28, and in S23, as shown in FIG. After the message ⁇ This is notification '' is displayed on the display unit 28, if the judgment of S21 is negative, it is determined in S24 whether or not the target location tag 14 has been found. To be judged. If the determination in S24 is affirmative, in S25, the “here is notification” as shown in FIG. 20 described above is displayed on the display unit 28, and then the processing in S19 and subsequent steps is executed again.
- FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating a destination location error screen displayed on the display unit 28 in S27.
- S28 the contents of the database 100 stored in the storage device 98 of the server 96 are updated.
- S29 the “this is notification” as shown in FIG. 21 is displayed on the display unit 28, and then this routine is terminated.
- the first wireless tag 14 provided in a fixed position with respect to the predetermined reference position and the wireless tag communication for communicating information between the first wireless tag 14.
- Device 12, and the RFID tag communication device 12 communicates information with the first RFID tag 14.
- the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position is determined by performing communication of the wireless tag communication device 12 with respect to the reference position based on the position of the first wireless tag 14. Therefore, even if the wireless tag communication device 12 is moved with respect to the reference position, the relative position of the wireless tag communication device 12 is determined based on the relative position relationship with the first wireless tag 14.
- the position can be detected suitably. That is, it is possible to provide the wireless tag communication system 10 that can easily detect the accurate position of the wireless tag 14 to be communicated.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 further includes a second wireless tag 16 that is movable with respect to the reference position and communicates information with the wireless tag communication device 12, and is based on the position of the wireless tag communication device 12. Since the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position is determined, the relative position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the first wireless tag 14 can be suitably detected. In addition, by registering the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position in the wireless tag communication device 12 in advance, the position of the detected second wireless tag 16 can be manually registered. There is no need for complicated work. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect an accurate position of a wireless tag to be communicated.
- the storage device 98 for storing the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position is included, the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position is a practical aspect. Can be managed with.
- the storage device 98 stores the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position, the position of the second wireless 16 tag with respect to the reference position is practically used. It can be managed in a manner.
- the storage device 98 stores the position of the first wireless tag 14 and the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position in association with each other.
- the positions of the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 can be managed in a practical manner.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 includes a display unit 28 that displays the position of the first wireless tag 14 and the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position, the reference The position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the position can be visually confirmed.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 alternately performs information communication with the first wireless tag 14 and information communication with the second wireless tag 16. Therefore, it is possible to associate the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 in a practical manner.
- the strength of the transmission signal for communicating information with the first wireless tag 14 is the intensity of the transmission signal for communicating information with the second wireless tag 16. Since the strength is higher than the strength, the communication range can be distinguished between the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16.
- the communicable distance of the first wireless tag 14 is larger than the communicable distance of the second wireless tag 16
- the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 14 The communication range can be distinguished between the tags 16.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 includes an RSSI circuit 72 that is a signal strength detection unit that detects the strength of a return signal from the wireless tags 14 and 16, and includes a plurality of the first wireless communication devices.
- RSSI circuit 72 is a signal strength detection unit that detects the strength of a return signal from the wireless tags 14 and 16, and includes a plurality of the first wireless communication devices.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 has a plurality of second based on signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72 corresponding to each of the plurality of first wireless tags 14 from a predetermined relationship. Since the position of the second wireless tag 16 between the wireless tags 14 is determined, the position relative to the reference position can be reliably detected in a practical manner.
- first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 each have a command to which a reply signal is to be returned separately in advance, the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 have a practical aspect. Communication between the wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 can be prevented.
- the communicable distance of the first wireless tag 14 is set to the communicable distance of the second wireless tag 16. In comparison, it can be extended.
- the first wireless tag 14 is configured such that the communication distance is increased by the active tag having the power supply device 90.
- the antenna of the first wireless tag 14 may be configured to have a higher gain than that of the second.
- the second wireless tag 16 is used by being affixed to the article 20 in order to manage the predetermined article 20, the arrangement of the article 20 in a practical manner is provided. The position etc. can be managed.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 is based on the signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72 corresponding to each of the two location tags 14 from a predetermined relationship.
- the position on the straight line between the place tags 14 is determined.
- the present invention is not limited to this.
- two or more place tags 14 are detected by detecting two or more place tags 14 (two-dimensional).
- the target position may be determined.
- FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the location tag 14 is arranged in a plane, a location tag 14al storing the location code “Loc Al”, and a location storing the location code “Loc A2”.
- Location tag 14bl with location code “Loc Bl”
- Location tag 14b2 with location code “Loc B2”
- Location tag 14b3 where code “Loc B3” is stored
- location tag 14cl where location code “Loc Cl” is stored
- location tag 14c2 where location code “Loc C2” is stored
- location code "Loc C3” The location tags 14c3,... Where “is stored are arranged in a grid pattern in a fixed manner.
- the RSSI circuit 72 corresponds to each of the location tags 14a2, 14bl, 14b2.
- a predetermined relationship force also determines the position on the plane between the place tags 14.
- the received signal strength corresponding to the location tag 14a2 is A2 (3)
- the received signal strength corresponding to the location tag 14bl is Bl (l)
- the received signal strength corresponding to the location tag 14b2 is B2 (5). If there is, the article tag 16 is relatively close to the place tag 14b2 between the place tags 14a2, 14b 1 and 14b2, and then relatively close to the place tag 14b1 which is close to the place tag 14a2. Far away Determined. In this way, a planar position with respect to the reference position can be reliably detected in a practical manner. Further, a mode in which a spatial (three-dimensional) position between the location tags 14 is determined based on the signal intensity detected by the RSSI circuit 72 corresponding to each of the four or more location tags 14 is also conceivable. .
- the usage mode of the communication system 10 using the wireless tag communication device 12 that is a non-reader reader provided to be movable with respect to a predetermined reference position will be described.
- the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is also suitably applied to a communication system using a stationary reader provided in a fixed position with respect to a predetermined place.
- the RFID tag communication device 12 is a force that is integrally provided with the display unit 28 for displaying information on the RFID tags 14 and 16.
- the RFID tag communication Even if the display device is provided separately from the device 12 and information is exchanged with the wireless tag communication device 12, information related to the wireless tags 14 and 16 can be displayed on the display device. Ok.
- the wireless tag communication device 12 when the wireless tag communication device 12 discovers the wireless tags 14 and 16, the wireless tag communication device 12 notifies the discovery by changing the display on the display unit 28. However, the discovery may be notified by voice or the like using the voice generation device 32 provided in the RFID tag communication device 12.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus 12 includes the antenna 34 that is used for both transmission and reception.
- the transmission antenna for transmitting the carrier wave F and the response wave described above are used.
- a receiving antenna for receiving F may be provided separately.
- a mode is also conceivable in which a plurality of antenna elements are provided and the directivity of the antenna constituted by these antenna element covers can be controlled by phased array processing or the like.
- the place tag 14 does not have the powerful power supply device 90 which is an active tag having the predetermined power supply device 90! Yo ...
- the article tag 16 may be an active tag having a power supply device.
- the database 100 is a force provided separately from the wireless tag communication device 12. It may be built in the communication device 12. Further, the database 100 is not necessarily provided.
- FIG. 29 is a view for explaining a radio tag communication system 110 (hereinafter referred to as communication system 110) according to an embodiment of the third invention.
- the communication system 110 includes a wireless tag communication device 112 according to an embodiment of the second invention, and a plurality of types (two types in FIG. 29) having different signal areas that are communication targets of the wireless tag communication device 112.
- Wireless tag 14 and 16 and so-called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system the wireless tag communication device 112 is an interrogator of the RFID system, and the wireless tags 14 and 16 are responders. Function.
- the information is communicated between the wireless tag communication device 112 and the wireless tags 14 and 16.
- the communication system 110 includes a plurality of (three in FIG. 29) first wireless tags 16a, 16b, and 16c as communication targets of the wireless tag communication device 112, and the singular or A plurality of (single in FIG. 29) second wireless tags 14 are included.
- the first wireless tag 16 is preferably a tag attached to a predetermined article and having management information for managing the article, and is referred to as an article tag 16 in the following description.
- the second radio tag 14 is preferably a tag that is provided in a fixed position at a predetermined location and has location information indicating the location, and is referred to as a location tag 14 in the following description.
- the communication system 110 according to the present embodiment has a plurality of types having different signal areas (two types in this embodiment).
- the second wireless tag 14, that is, the place tag 14 has the configuration described with reference to FIG. 6 in the first embodiment, and the first wireless tag 16, that is, the article tag 16. Are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 8 in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted in this embodiment.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the RFID tag communication apparatus 112 described above.
- the wireless tag communication device 112 reads / writes information from / to the product tag 16 and detects the location tag 14 and the location tag 14 in order to detect the direction or position of the product tag 16 or the location tag 14.
- the unit communicates information with the article tag 16, and generates and outputs a predetermined transmission signal (transmission command), and a carrier signal generation that generates a carrier signal of a predetermined frequency. Modulation that modulates the carrier signal based on the transmission command by multiplying the transmission signal output from the transmission unit 120 and the transmission command generation unit 118 by the carrier signal output from the carrier signal generation unit 120.
- Unit 122 an amplifying unit 124 that amplifies the transmission signal modulated by the modulating unit 122, and an article tag 1 that is a communication target using the transmission signal amplified by the amplifying unit 124 as a query wave F 6 or the place tag 14, and in response to the interrogation wave F, the article tag 16 or V receives the response wave F returned from the place tag 14 and a transmission / reception antenna 126,
- the demodulator 130 that demodulates the received signal by multiplying the received signal received by the antenna 126 and the carrier signal output from the carrier signal generator 120, and the transmission signal output from the amplifier 124
- a transmission / reception demultiplexing unit 128 that supplies the received signal received by the antenna 126 to the demodulating unit 130, and a received signal demodulated by the demodulating unit 130, each having a predetermined frequency band.
- a plurality of (two in FIG. 30) bandpass filters 132a and 132b (hereinafter simply referred to as the bandpass filter 132 unless otherwise specified) that allow only the signal to pass.
- First received signal processing unit 134a and second received signal processing unit 134b that respectively process the received signals divided into signal regions corresponding to the pass-pass filters 132a and 132b (hereinafter, unless otherwise specified) Simply referred to as a received signal processing unit 134).
- the transmission / reception separating unit 128 a circulator or a directional coupler is used. Preferably used.
- the band-pass filter 132 passes only the signals of a predetermined frequency band among the reception signals received by the antenna 126, thereby allowing the reception signals received by the antenna 126 to have a plurality of signal regions. It functions as a signal divider for dividing the signal into two.
- the bandpass filter 132a corresponds to the article tag channel used by the article tag 16, and is set so as to pass a reception signal (article tag data) corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16. Yes. Thereby, only the reception signal corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16 is supplied to the first reception signal processing unit 134a, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively.
- the band pass filter 132b corresponds to the location tag channel used by the location tag 14 and the response wave F from the location tag 14 using the channel F.
- the control unit 88 included in the place tag 14 that is a communication target of the communication system 110 of the present embodiment performs control to store predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the wireless tag communication device 112. Further, the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 74 is modulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 86 as a signal using the modulation frequency corresponding to the location tag channel based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84. And the antenna r4 as the response wave F
- the location tag 14 is provided with a predetermined power supply device 90.
- the power supply unit 80 includes the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78 in addition to the energy of the interrogation wave F.
- the energy supplied from the power supply device 90 can be used as a power supply.
- the power supply device 90 is preferably provided externally as a separate body from the IC circuit unit 76.
- the place tag 14 is a semi-passive tag that includes a predetermined power supply device 90 and that is operated by energy supplied from the power supply device 90.
- the location tag 14 returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication apparatus 112. To believe.
- control unit 88 included in the article tag 16 that is a communication target of the communication system 110 of the present embodiment stores predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication device 112. And the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 74 is modulated as a signal using the modulation frequency corresponding to the article tag channel based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84 in the transformation modulation unit 86. Then, basic control such as control of reflecting and returning the response wave F from the antenna unit 74 is executed. Preferably, the article tag 16 returns a response signal to a predetermined command among the transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 112.
- FIG. 31 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the place tag 14 and the article tag 16, f is a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag 16, and f is the field.
- Each modulation frequency used for modulation by the station tag 14 is shown. I.e. f
- ⁇ represents the article tag channel and f represents the location tag channel.
- FIG. 32 is a frequency spectrum showing the carrier wave f and the sideband signal of the response wave F when the interrogation wave F having the frequency f is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG. 31.
- Response wave F from tag 14 is shown.
- the modulation frequency of the location tag 14 is higher than the modulation frequency of the product tag 16 so that they do not overlap each other.
- FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the relationship between the main carrier F and the response wave F used in the communication system 110.
- the article tag 16 responds at every communication timing, such as the article tag 16a responds at timing T1, the article tag 16b responds at timing T2, and the article tag 16c responds at timing T3.
- the selection is made by a transmission command transmitted from the wireless tag communication device 112.
- the place tag 14 responds to all transmission commands regardless of the contents of the transmission command, so the frequency of f / f at all timings.
- FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a practical use form of the communication system 110 of the present embodiment.
- the location tag 14 is a tag that is provided in a fixed position with respect to a predetermined chamber 154 and has location information indicating a location in the chamber 154.
- the article tag 16 These tags are attached to articles installed in the kara-room 154 and have management information for managing those articles.
- the article tag 16 is shown attached to each of the four books from the first volume to the fourth volume and the three files from the file 1 to the file 3, respectively. Seven article tags 16 each having a different identification code (ID) are arranged.
- ID identification code
- the wireless tag communication device 112 is preferably a portable wireless tag communication device (handy reader) provided so as to be movable with respect to the chamber 154, and a user can use the wireless tag communication device 112.
- the place tag 14 or the article tag 16 is detected while referring to a screen displayed on the display unit 156 (enlarged in FIG. 34) of the RFID tag communication device 112.
- the communication system 110 is provided with a database 158 for storing information related to the article tag 16, and the RFID tag communication device 112 receives information on the database 158 via a predetermined interface (not shown). It is possible to read and write.
- FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the relationship between the ID of the article tag 16 stored in the database 158 and the management information of the article managed by the article tag 16.
- an article tag 16 with an ID “145604” is affixed to “this fourth basket”, and the room 154 is placed in “2004/10/01 10:20”. It is now possible to memorize information that it has been confirmed that there is “is”.
- the wireless tag communication device 112 processes received signals from a plurality of types of wireless tags received at the same time in association with each other.
- the place tag 14 provided in a fixed position with respect to the chamber 154 is detected at the same time when a predetermined article tag 16 is detected, the name information (ID) of each of the article tags 16 ( Management information) and area information (location information) which is the ID of the location tag 14 are processed in association with each other.
- ID the name information
- area information which is the ID of the location tag 14
- the position of the RFID tag communication device 112 with respect to the room 154 is detected by the place tag 14 provided in a fixed position with respect to the room 154.
- the exact position of the article tag 16 can be detected, and by storing the information associated with the tag in the database 158, the article in the chamber 154 is stored. Can be suitably managed.
- FIG. 36 is a flowchart for explaining the article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 34 by the RFID tag communication apparatus 112, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
- the transmission command generation unit 118 generates a transmission command representing a “Scroll ID” command, and the modulation unit 122, the amplification unit 124, etc. Then, the antenna 126 transmits the interrogation wave F toward the place tag 14 and the article tag 16.
- This “Scroll ID” command is a command for requesting a reply to a tag having a specified ID.
- SA102 it is determined whether or not a response wave F is returned from the place tag 14 or the article tag 16.
- SA102 If the determination of SA102 is negative, the operation of SA105 to SA108 is skipped and the processing from SA109 is executed, but if the determination of SA102 is affirmative, that is, the location tag 14 to the article tag.
- SA105 the name information of the IDs of the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 from which the response signal! ⁇ Obtained from.
- SA106 a name list of the acquired IDs is created, and information on the location tag 14 is displayed on the display unit 156.
- SA107 it is determined whether or not the database 158 has been updated. When the determination of SA107 is denied, the power to execute the processing after SA109 is confirmed.
- the band pass filter 1 32 that functions as a signal dividing unit for dividing the received signals from the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 into different signal regions is provided.
- the band-pass filter 132 divides received signals from a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 having different functions into a plurality of signal areas according to functions, and thus a plurality of functions having mutually different functions. Information can be communicated simultaneously with various types of wireless tags 14 and 16.
- the communication system 110 performs information communication with a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 having different signal areas, there is an adverse effect such as superimposition of communication signals and an increase in communication errors. Can be prevented. In other words, it is possible to provide a communication system 110 that suitably performs communication with a plurality of types of wireless tags.
- the signal areas of the plurality of types of wireless tags can be distinguished from each other in a practical manner.
- the wireless tags 14 and 16 perform information communication with the wireless tag communication device 112 by frequency modulation, it is possible to prevent communication signals from being superimposed in a practical manner.
- the location tag 14 since the location tag 14 returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 112, the plurality of types of RFID tags 14,
- the location tag 14 is a semi-passive tag having the power supply device 90, stable communication is possible even when the modulation frequency is high.
- the wireless tag communication device 112 can receive a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 1 received simultaneously.
- the location tag 14 is a tag that is provided in a fixed location at a predetermined location and has location information indicating the location, information on the location can be acquired in a practical manner.
- the article tag 16 is a tag that is attached to a predetermined article and has management information for managing the article, the article management information can be acquired in a practical manner. I'll do it.
- Fig. 37 is a diagram for explaining the mode of use in another embodiment of the second invention and the third invention.
- a plurality of (two in FIG. 37) place tags 17 are provided in fixed positions in the respective areas in the shelf 160 partitioned into the same number of areas, and the target article tag 16 faces the page.
- the target article tag 16 faces the page.
- an unapplicable article tag W is arranged in the region B on the right side of the page.
- This article tag W has the same configuration as the article tag 16 described above with reference to FIG.
- the location tag 17 has a configuration shown in FIG. 41 described later.
- the two place tags 17 provided in a fixed position in the shelf 160 have place information indicating the areas A and B, respectively, and the RFID tag communication device 112 receives the above-mentioned information received at the same time.
- the received signals from the article tag 16 and the place tag 17 are processed in association with each other.
- the location information of the location tag 17 detected at the same time as the target product tag 16 it is possible to detect whether the product tag 16 exists in the region A or the region B. It is.
- FIG. 39 is a view for explaining the configuration of the RFID tag communication apparatus 162 in FIG.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus 162 includes an AZD conversion unit 164 that converts the demodulated reception signal output from the demodulation unit 130 into a digital signal, and the AZ D conversion unit 164. And a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) 166 for processing the received signal converted into a digital signal.
- AZD conversion unit 164 that converts the demodulated reception signal output from the demodulation unit 130 into a digital signal
- DSP Digital Signal Processor
- the DSP 166 is a so-called microcomputer system that includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like and performs signal processing according to a program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM. And execute signal processing control, etc.
- the bandpass filter 132 and the received signal processing unit 134 described above are functionally included in the DSP 166, and the bandpass filter 132 functioning as a signal dividing unit is a digital
- the received signal is divided into a plurality of signal areas by signal processing.
- the band-pass filter 132 passes only a signal in a predetermined frequency band among the reception signals received by the antenna 126, thereby allowing the reception signal received by the antenna 126 to have a plurality of signal regions. It functions as a signal divider for dividing the signal into two.
- the bandpass filter 132a corresponds to the article tag channel used by the article tag 16, and is set so as to pass a reception signal (article tag data) corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16. Yes. Thereby, only the reception signal corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16 is supplied to the first reception signal processing unit 134a, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively.
- the bandpass filter 132b corresponds to the first location tag channel used by the location tag 17 and the received signal corresponding to the response wave! ⁇ From the location tag 17 using the channel (first location).
- Tag data is set to pass.
- the bandpass filter 132c corresponds to the second location tag channel used by the location tag 17 and the received signal (second location) corresponding to the response wave! ⁇ From the location tag 17 using the channel.
- Tag data is set to pass.
- the bandpass filter 132d corresponds to the third place tag channel used by the place tag 17 and the received signal corresponding to the response wave ⁇ from the place tag 17 using the channel (third place tag). Data) is set to pass. Thereby, only the received signal corresponding to the response wave F from the location tag 17 using the third location tag channel is supplied to the fourth received signal processing unit 134d, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively. .
- FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the location tag 17.
- This place tag 17 Similar to the location tag 16, the antenna portion 74 and the IC circuit portion 76 b are provided.
- the parts common to the location tag 16 in FIG. 8 described above are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
- the IC circuit unit 76b includes a channel determination unit 53, which determines a location tag channel to be used for the response wave F of the location tag 17 based on a predetermined method.
- the control unit 88b included in the IC circuit unit 76b performs control for storing the predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication device 162, and the question received by the antenna unit 74.
- the location tag 17 includes the above-described external power supply device 90.
- the power supply unit 80 includes, in addition to the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78, The energy supplied from the power supply device 90 can be used as a power supply. That is, the location tag 17 is a semi-passive tag that includes a predetermined power supply device 90 and operates by energy supplied from the power supply device 90. Preferably, the location tag 17 returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication apparatus 12.
- FIG. 42 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag 16 and the location tag 17, where f is a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag 16, and f is the field.
- the modulation frequency when the first location tag channel is used for modulation by pO pi location tag 17 is
- f is the third location tag channel used for modulation by location tag 17
- f indicates the item tag channel
- F is the first location tag channel
- f is the second location tag channel
- f is the third location tag pi p2 p3
- FIG. 43 is a frequency spectrum showing the carrier wave f and the sideband signal of the response wave F when the interrogation wave F having the frequency f e is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG. 42, and f ⁇ f is the object cc ⁇ Product tag 16 response waves F, f ⁇ f, f ⁇ f, f ⁇ f indicate response waves F rc pi c p2 c p3 r from the tag 17.
- the modulation frequency of the place tag 17 is higher than the modulation frequency of the article tag 16, so that they do not overlap each other!
- FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the relationship between the main carrier F and the response wave F used in the communication system 110.
- the article tag 16 responds at every communication timing, such as the article tag 16a responds at timing T1, the article tag 16b responds at timing T2, and the article tag 16c responds at timing T3. Selection is made by a transmission command transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 162.
- Location tag 17 responds to all transmission commands regardless of the contents of the transmission command.
- the modulation frequency used for modulation by the location tag 17 is preferably frequency hopped in a different manner for each location tag 17.
- the modulation frequency is determined according to the channel determined by the channel determination unit 53, and any of f ⁇ f, f ⁇ f, and f ⁇ f is selected.
- location tag 17a uses the first location tag channel at timing T1 and uses the third location tag channel at timing T2, as shown in Figure 44.
- T3 uses the second location tag channel.
- the location tag 17b uses the second location tag channel at timing T1, uses the first location tag channel at timing T2, and uses the third location tag channel at timing T3. That is, the response wave F from the location tag 14a and the response wave F from the location tag 14b are pseudo-random
- FIG. 38 is a flowchart for explaining the article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 37 by the wireless tag communication device 162, in order to know the position of the tag for search whose ID is already known. Is to be executed.
- a transmission signal representing a “Scroll ID” command is generated by the transmission command generation unit 118, and the antenna 126 transmits the interrogation wave F as the interrogation wave F via the modulation unit 122, the amplification unit 124, and the like.
- Sent to shelf 160 is a command for requesting a reply to a tag having a specified ID.
- SB102 it is determined whether or not a response wave F is returned from the article tag 16 indicating the target article. If the determination of SB102 is denied, the processing after SB101 is executed again, but if the determination of SB102 is affirmed, it is determined whether or not the ID of location tag 17 has been correctly detected in SB102a. To do. If multiple location tags 17 use the same location tag channel, the location tag 17 ID cannot be received correctly, so it is possible to determine whether the location tag usage channels overlap. If this determination of SB102a is negative, the power to execute the processing after SB101 again.If the determination of SB102a is affirmative, it is determined that the location tag 17 has been correctly detected.
- the RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) value of the place tag 14 detected simultaneously with the response of the article tag 16 is stored in the RAM or the like of the RFID tag communication device 162 (not shown).
- SB104 it is determined whether or not the RSSI in the region A of the shelf 160 is larger than the RSSI in the region B. If the determination of SB104 is affirmed, in SB105, information indicating that the item tag 16 indicating the target item is in region A of the shelf 160 is displayed on the display unit 156, and then this routine is terminated. If the determination of the force SB104 is denied, in SB106, the information indicating that the item tag 16 indicating the target item is in the region B of the shelf 160 is displayed on the display unit 156, and then this routine is executed. Is terminated.
- the bandpass filter 132 having the AZD conversion unit 164 that converts the received signals from the wireless tags 16 and 17 into digital signals and functions as a signal dividing unit is provided. Since the received signal is divided into a plurality of signal regions by digital signal processing, the use of digital signal processing enables frequency decomposition using a filter bank or FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filter. .
- FIR Finite Impulse Response
- the wireless tag 17 selects one of a plurality of modulation frequencies and performs frequency hopping used for reply, it is preferable to prevent communication signals from being superimposed. Communication can be established correctly.
- FIG. 40 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of an RFID tag communication apparatus 168 that is still another embodiment of the second and third inventions.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus 168 of the present embodiment multiplies the transmission signal output from the transmission command generation unit 118 and the modulation signal output from the carrier wave signal generation unit 120.
- a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) modulators 122a, 122b, and 122c (hereinafter simply referred to as modulators 122 unless otherwise specified) that modulate the transmission signal, and the plurality of modulations
- modulators 122 A plurality of (three in FIG.
- transmission phase control units 170a, 170b, 170c that control the phase of the transmission signal modulated by unit 122 (hereinafter, simply referred to as transmission phase control unit 170 unless otherwise distinguished) )
- transmission phase control unit 170 a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) transmission amplitude control units 172a, 172b, 172c (hereinafter referred to as “the transmission phase control unit 170”) that controls the amplitude of the transmission signal whose phase is controlled. Unless otherwise distinguished, the transmission amplitude control unit 172 is simply used.
- the transmission signals amplified by the plurality of transmission amplitude control units 172 are transmitted as interrogation waves F to the article tag 16 or the location tag 17 to be communicated, and in response to the interrogation waves F.
- a plurality of antenna elements 174a, 174b, 174c (three in FIG. 40) for receiving and receiving the response wave F returned from the product tag 16 or the place tag 17 (hereinafter, unless otherwise distinguished, are simply used).
- transmission / reception separators 128a, 128b, 128c (hereinafter simply referred to as transmission / reception separators unless otherwise specified) that supply the received signals received to the plurality of reception phase controllers 176. 1), a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) reception amplitude control units 178a, 178b, 178c that control the amplitudes of the reception signals whose phases are controlled by the plurality of reception phase control units 176 (hereinafter referred to as Unless otherwise distinguished, they are simply referred to as reception amplitude control unit 178), the reception signals amplified by the plurality of reception amplitude control units 178, and the carrier signal.
- a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) demodulation units 130a, 130b, and 130c that demodulate the received signal by multiplying by the modulation signal output from the generation unit 120 (hereinafter simply demodulated unless otherwise distinguished) (Referred to as part 130).
- the transmission phase control unit 170, the transmission amplitude control unit 172, the reception phase control unit 176, and the reception amplitude control unit 178 constitute a directivity control unit 180.
- the directivity control unit 180 functions as a transmission phased array control unit that controls the transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements 174, and the plurality of antennas. It functions as a reception phased array control unit that controls the reception directivity by controlling the phase of each received signal received by the element 174.
- the phase and amplitude are controlled by the directivity control unit 180, and the received signals demodulated by the plurality of demodulation units 130 are converted into digital signals by the AZD conversion unit 164 and input to the DSP 166. It is becoming.
- the DSP 166 functionally includes the band-pass filter 132 and the reception signal processing unit 134 described above, and divides the reception signal into a plurality of signal areas by digital signal processing, and receives the reception of each signal area. Process each signal.
- the wireless tag communication device 168 is preferably used, for example, in the mode shown in FIG. 37 described above. That is, the wireless tag communication device 168 processes a plurality of types of reception signals of the wireless tag power received at the same time, and processes, for example, the article tag 16 around the wireless tag communication device 168. , 16 'and place tags 17a, 17b are arranged, the received signals received simultaneously from the article tags 16, 16' and the place tags 17a, 17b are processed in association with each other. In this way, the position of the RFID tag communication device 168 relative to the shelf 160 is detected by the place tags 17a and 17b provided in a fixed position with respect to the shelf 160, and the article tag 16 detected at the same time. By detecting the position of 16 ', it is possible to detect the exact position of the article tags 16, 16'.
- a plurality of antenna elements 174 are provided, and the phases of the received signals from the wireless tags 16 and 17 received by the plurality of antenna elements 174 are controlled.
- a directivity control unit 180 that functions as a transmission phased array control unit that controls the transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements 174. Therefore, it is possible to limit the arrangement range of the wireless tags 16 and 17 that can send back a reply signal, and it is possible to suitably specify the direction.
- the article tag 16 and the place tag 17 are arranged around the wireless tag communication device 168, and the reception signals received simultaneously from the article tag 16 and the place tag 17 are correlated and processed. Therefore, the direction of the article to which the article tag 16 is attached can be suitably detected by referring to the information regarding the place indicated by the place tag 17.
- the wireless tag communication device 168 is a portable handy reader
- the position of the article tag 16 is fixed relative to the chamber 154 even when the article tag 16 is moving relative to the wireless tag communication device 168.
- the position of the article tag 16 can be reliably detected by referring to the relative positional relationship with the place tag 17 provided in the.
- the usage mode of the communication system 110 using the wireless tag communication device 112 which is a handy reader provided so as to be movable with respect to the room 154, has been described.
- the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention can be suitably applied to a communication system using a stationary reader provided in a fixed position with respect to a predetermined place.
- the bandpass filter 132 is provided as a signal dividing unit.
- the bandpass filter 132 may not be used as long as the received signal can be divided into a plurality of signal regions.
- various types of signal division units can be used as appropriate according to the design.
- the RFID tag communication device 112 or the like includes the antenna 126 for transmission / reception or the plurality of antenna elements 174.
- the carrier wave F A transmission antenna or a plurality of transmission antenna elements for transmitting a signal and a reception antenna or a plurality of reception antenna elements for receiving the response wave may be provided separately.
- the RFID tag communication apparatus 168 includes both a transmission phased array control unit that controls transmission directivity and a reception phased array control unit that controls reception directivity.
- a transmission phased array control unit that controls transmission directivity
- a reception phased array control unit that controls reception directivity
- the location tags 14 and 17 are semi-passive tags having the predetermined power supply device 90. They do not have the power supply device 90! / And are passive tags. May be. Further, the article tag 16 may be a semi-passive tag having a power supply device.
- the article tag 16 uses one modulation frequency, but may use a plurality of modulation frequencies selectively.
- the location tags 14 and 17 always return a response regardless of the content of the transmission command transmitted by the wireless tag communication device 112 or the like.
- Tags 14 and 17 may also return replies based on the contents of transmission commands transmitted by the RFID tag communication device 112 ! /.
- the database 158 is a force provided separately from the RFID tag communication device 112, etc.
- the database 158 is stored in the RFID tag communication device 112, etc. It may be a built-in one.
- the database 158 is not necessarily provided.
- Fig. 45 is a diagram for explaining a radio tag detection system 210 according to an embodiment of the fourth invention.
- the wireless tag detection system 210 of the present embodiment is directed to one or more (single in FIG. 45) wireless tags 212 that are communication targets (detection targets) and the radio tags 212. Singular or plural (single in FIG. 45) for transmitting a predetermined transmission signal.
- receiving terminal devices 216a and 216b that receive a reply signal sent back from the wireless tag 212 in accordance with a transmission terminal device 214 and a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device 214 , 216c, 216d (hereinafter simply referred to as a receiving terminal device 216 unless otherwise distinguished), a so-called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system, and the wireless tag 212 is used as a responder of the RFID system.
- the transmitting terminal device 214 and the receiving terminal device 216 each function as an interrogator by a composite operation.
- the radio tag 212 that has received the interrogation wave F receives the interrogation wave F by a predetermined information signal (data).
- the receiving terminal device 216 reads the stored contents of the wireless tag 212 that is the communication target.
- the wireless tag communication system 210 is a system for detecting, for example, a wireless tag 212 present in a room 218 that is a communication area, and the transmission terminal device 214 and the reception terminal device 216 transmit the same.
- the return signal sent back from the wireless tag 212 in response to the transmission signal transmitted from the terminal device 214 is arranged at a relative position so that the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 can receive it.
- the transmitting terminal device 214 is provided at a substantially center of a room 218 as a communication area, and the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 are provided at fixed positions at four corners of the room 218, respectively.
- any of the receiving terminal devices 216 is configured to receive a reply signal returned from the wireless tag 212 in response to the transmission signal transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214.
- each receiving terminal device 216 can search the entire interior of the room 218 that is the communication area by swinging the directivity direction by 45 °, and the swing angle of the reception directivity can be relatively small. It ’s like that.
- the wireless tag 212 has the same configuration as the wireless tag (article tag) 16 described with reference to FIG. 51 in the first embodiment described above, and therefore the description thereof is in this embodiment. Is omitted.
- FIG. 46 is a view for explaining the configuration of the transmission terminal device 214.
- the transmission terminal device 214 includes a command bit string generation unit 220 that generates a command bit string corresponding to a transmission signal to the wireless tag 212, and the command bit string generation unit 220.
- An FSK code unit 222 that encodes the command bit string generated by the FSK method, an AM modulation unit 224 that modulates and outputs the signal encoded by the FSK code unit 222 using the AM method, and A transmission signal for converting a digital signal output from the AM modulation unit 224 into an analog signal, a DZA conversion unit 226, a local oscillator 228 for outputting a predetermined local oscillation signal, and a local oscillation signal output from the local oscillator 228
- the upconverter 230 that upconverts the transmission signal output from the DZA converter 226, and the transmission signal amplification that amplifies the transmission signal upconverted by the upconverter 230 with a predetermined gain.
- a transmission antenna element 234 that transmits the transmission signal amplified by the transmission signal amplification unit 232 as a question wave F.
- the command bit string generation unit 220, the FSK code generation unit 222, and the AM modulation unit 224 include a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, and use a temporary storage function of the RAM. This is functionally provided in a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) 236 that performs signal processing in accordance with a program stored in advance.
- DSP Digital Signal Processor
- FIG. 47 is a view for explaining the configuration of the receiving terminal apparatus 216.
- the receiving terminal device 216 receives a response wave F (reply signal) returned by the wireless tag 212 in response to the interrogation wave F transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214.
- Multiple receiving antenna elements 238a, 238b, and 238c (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving antenna element 238 unless otherwise specified) and a local oscillator 240 that outputs a predetermined local oscillation signal 240
- a plurality (three in FIG. 47) of down converters 242a, 242b which down-convert each of the received signals received by the plurality of receiving antenna elements 238 according to the local oscillation signal output from the local oscillator 240.
- downconverter 242 (hereinafter simply referred to as downconverter 242 unless otherwise distinguished), and amplifies each of the received signals downconverted by the plurality of downconverters 242 with a predetermined gain.
- a number of received signal amplifiers 244a, 244b, 244c (hereinafter simply referred to as received signal amplifiers 244 unless otherwise specified) and a plurality of received signal amplifiers 244 Received signals AZD converters 246a, 246b, 246c (hereinafter simply referred to as received signal AZD converter 246 unless otherwise specified) that convert the received signals into digital signals, respectively (three in FIG.
- a reception memory unit 248 that stores a reception signal converted into a digital signal and a DSP 250 that reads and processes the reception signal stored in the reception memory unit 248 are provided.
- the local oscillator 240 may use the local oscillator 228 of the transmission terminal device 214 via a predetermined cable or the like. In this way, the carrier frequency shift between transmission and reception becomes as small as possible due to the common local signal.
- the DSP 250 is a so-called microcomputer system that includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, and performs signal processing according to a program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM.
- Received PAA (Phased Array Antenna) processing unit 252 that performs phased array processing by multiplying each received signal read from the signal by a predetermined weight, and the received signal subjected to phased array processing by the PAA processing unit 252
- An AM demodulator 254 that detects an AM demodulated wave by demodulating using the AM system, an FSK decoder 256 that decodes an AM demodulated wave demodulated by the AM demodulator 254 using an FSK system, and a decoder Based on the decoded decoded signal output from the response bit string interpreting unit 258 that interprets the decoded decoded signal and reads out the information signal related to the modulation of the wireless tag 212, and the FSK decoding unit 256 A received signal
- the PAA processing unit 252 multiplies each received signal read from the reception memory unit 248 by the PAA weight calculated by the received PAA weight control unit 262 (three in FIG. 47).
- Multiplying units 264a, 264b, 264c (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving PAA weight multiplying unit 264 unless otherwise distinguished) and received signals multiplied by PAA weights by receiving PAA weight multiplying unit 264 are combined (added).
- the reception signal synthesis unit 266 supplied to the AM demodulation unit 254 is configured to control reception directivity in communication with the wireless tag 212.
- the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 can transmit and receive information to and from a predetermined server 268 via a LAN or the like, and are interpreted by the response bit string interpreting unit 258.
- Information signals relating to the modulation of the wireless tag 212 can be stored in the server 268 in a centralized manner.
- the server 268 includes a CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like, and is a so-called microcomputer system that performs signal processing in accordance with a program stored in the ROM in advance while using a temporary storage function of the RAM. It functions as a controller that controls the operation of the receiving terminal device 216.
- a process of detecting the position where the wireless tag 212 exists based on a direction of reception directivity controlled by a reception PAA weight control unit 262 which is a reception directivity control unit of the reception terminal device 216 is performed. Is what you do. Furthermore, the operation of the transmission terminal device 214 may also be controlled.
- FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating a detection result of the wireless tag 212 by the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 stored in the server 268.
- the ID “1” is also detected by the receiving terminal device 216b.
- the identification number “R2” indicating the receiving terminal device 216b that is the detection subject, the reception directivity direction “ ⁇ 60”, the reception It is also stored in association with the signal strength “5”. Since the relative positional relationship between the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 is fixed, when the wireless tag 212 indicated by the ID “1” is detected by the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 in this way, FIG. As shown, the position where the wireless tag 212 exists can be obtained as the coordinates of the intersection of the reception directivity directions by each reception terminal device 216. In addition, when a predetermined wireless tag 212 is detected by three or more receiving terminal devices 216, the position of the wireless tag 212 is suitably set by using two pieces of information with relatively high received signal strength. Can be detected.
- the ID “2” is received by the receiving terminal device 216a at the received signal strength “4”, received by the receiving terminal device 216c at the received signal strength “2”, and received by the receiving terminal device 216d.
- the received signal strength is detected as “8”
- the detection information by the receiving terminal devices 216a and 216d having a relatively high received signal strength is displayed.
- the position where the wireless tag 212 indicated by the ID “2” exists can be obtained as the coordinates of the intersection of the reception directivity directions by the receiving terminal devices 216a and 216d.
- the direction of the reception directivity controlled by the reception PAA weight control unit 262 of the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 216 and the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 216 mutually as described above.
- the position where the wireless tag 212 exists can be detected based on the distance between them.
- FIG. 50 is a flowchart for explaining a main part of the interrogation wave transmission control by the DSP 236 of the transmission terminal apparatus 214, which is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
- the command bit string corresponding to "Scroll All ID” or "Scroll IDJ" which is a command for reading the ID from the wireless tag 212 is the command bit string.
- the command bit string generated in SA201 is encoded by the FSK method by the FSK encoding unit 222.
- SA203 the code is encoded by SA202.
- the modulated signal is modulated by the AM modulation unit 224 in the AM system, and transmitted from the transmission antenna element 234 via the transmission signal DZA conversion unit 226, the up converter 230, the transmission signal amplification unit 232, and the like. Then, it is transmitted as F.
- SA204 it is determined whether or not the power to continue the detection of the wireless tag 212. If the determination of SA204 is affirmed, the processing after SA201 is executed again. If the determination of the force SA204 is negative, this routine is terminated.
- FIG. 51 is a flowchart for explaining a main part of the wireless tag detection control using the receiving terminal device 216 by the server 268, which is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
- SB202 the response wave F from the wireless tag 212 is received and stored in the reception memory unit 248 via the down converter 242, the reception signal amplification unit 244, the reception signal AZD conversion unit 246, and the like.
- the received signal subjected to phased array processing by the reception PAA processing unit 252 is demodulated by the AM method by the AM demodulation unit 254,
- the FSK decoding unit 256 interprets the decoded signal decoded by the FSK method and determines whether or not the information signal related to the modulation of the wireless tag 212 has been read correctly (at this time, the wireless signal such as the preamble). If some information related to the modulation of tag 212 can be read, it can be determined that there was a response).
- SB202 If the determination of SB202 is negative, the processing from SB205 is executed.However, if the determination of SB202 is affirmative, in SB203 corresponding to the operation of received signal strength detection section 260, The received signal stored in the reception memory unit 248 is further read, and the ID of the wireless tag 212 is read through the reception PAA processing unit 252, AM demodulation unit 254, FSK decoding unit 256, etc. Based on the decoded signal output from FSK decoding section 256, the received signal strength of the received signal is detected. Next, in SB 204, the ID read out in SB 203 is stored in a table in association with the received signal strength and the receiving terminal device 216 that is the detection subject.
- SB205 a predetermined value ⁇ is added to ⁇ and the value of the reception PAA wait register in the reception PAA wait control unit 262 is updated.
- SB207 a determination is made as to whether or not at least one tag ID is stored in the table.If the determination in SB207 is negative, this routine is used to terminate the routine.
- an ID for example, ID2
- SB209 the receiving terminal device that has detected the ID specified in SB208 216 ID (Rl, R2, R3, R4 in Fig. 48)
- SB210 it is determined whether or not a plurality of IDs of receiving terminal device 216 that has detected the ID specified in SB208 have been read out. If the determination of SB210 is affirmative (for example, R1, R3, R4 that detected ID2), SB211 receives the two received signals with the highest received signal strength.
- the IDs of the terminal devices 216 are selected (R1 and R4)
- the directivity directions ⁇ 1 corresponding to the IDs (R1 and R4) of the two receiving terminal devices 216 selected in the SB211 ⁇ 2 is read out (60 ° and 40 °), then in SB213, read out in SB212 Directivity directions 0 1, 0 2 (60 ° and 40 °), ID (R1 and R4) of receiving terminal device 216 specified by SB211 and force It is determined.
- SB214 after the ID specified in SB208 and the information associated therewith are deleted from the table, the processes in SB207 and subsequent steps are executed again.
- the SB 201 and the SB 205 correspond to the operation of the reception PAA weight control unit 262.
- a single transmission terminal device 214 that transmits a predetermined transmission signal toward the wireless tag 212 and a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device 214 Since a plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 that receive reply signals returned from the wireless tag 212 are provided in different positions as separate devices, a necessary and sufficient number of transmitting terminal devices 214 and receiving terminals are provided. By installing the devices 216 at appropriate positions, it is possible to quickly detect all the wireless tags 212 arranged in the room 218 that is a communication range by relatively simple control. That is, it is possible to provide the wireless tag communication system 210 that can detect the wireless tag 212 arranged in the communication range as quickly as possible. Also, since a plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 are provided, even if they cannot be detected by one receiving terminal device 216, they can be detected by another receiving terminal device 216, so that the communication range can be widened.
- a response signal transmitted from the wireless tag 212 in response to a transmission signal transmitted from the predetermined transmission terminal device 214 is transmitted to a position where a plurality of the reception terminal devices 216 can receive them. Since the terminal device 214 and the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 are provided, by installing a larger number of receiving terminal devices 216 than the transmitting terminal device 214, it is possible to respond to a transmission signal transmitted from a predetermined transmitting terminal device 214.
- the reply signals returned from the wireless tag 212 can be received by the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216, and all the wireless tags 212 arranged in the communication range can be efficiently prevented while suitably preventing communication superposition. Can be detected.
- the receiving terminal device 216 includes a reception PAA weight control unit 262 (SB201 and SB205) which is a reception directivity control unit for controlling the reception directivity of the reply signal returned from the wireless tag 212. Therefore, the wireless tag 212 placed within the communication range is compared. It can be detected quickly by comparatively simple control.
- a reception PAA weight control unit 262 SB201 and SB205
- the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on the direction of the reception directivity controlled by the reception PAA weight control unit 262 of the reception terminal device 216, The position where the arranged wireless tag 212 exists can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
- the receiving terminal device 216 includes a received signal strength detecting unit 260 (SB203) that detects the strength of a reply signal returned from the wireless tag 212, the wireless tag 212 The wireless tag 212 can be suitably detected based on the strength of the reply signal returned from the terminal.
- SB203 received signal strength detecting unit 260
- FIG. 52 is a view for explaining an RFID tag detection system 290 that is another embodiment of the fourth invention.
- the wireless tag detection system 290 of the present embodiment is replaced with a plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 in the wireless tag detection system 210 shown in FIG. 45 described above, as shown in FIG.
- a plurality (four in FIG. 52) of receiving terminal devices 292a, 292b, 292c, 292d (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving terminal device 292 unless otherwise distinguished) whose reception directivity cannot be controlled are communication areas.
- the four corners of the chamber 218 are configured to fix the position.
- FIG. 53 is a view for explaining the configuration of the receiving terminal apparatus 292.
- the receiving terminal device 292 receives a response wave F (reply signal) returned by the wireless tag 212 in response to the interrogation wave F transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214.
- Receive signal Received signal amplifying unit 244 that amplifies at a constant gain
- received signal AZD converting unit 246 that converts the received signal amplified by received signal amplifying unit 244 into a digital signal
- DSP250 which processes the received signal converted into the signal is comprised.
- This DSP 250 functionally includes the AM demodulator 254, FSK decoder 256, response bit string interpreter 258, and received signal strength detector 260 described above.
- the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 can transmit and receive information to and from the servo 268 via a LAN or the like, and the wireless tag 212 interpreted by the response bit string interpreting unit 258
- the information signal related to the modulation and the received signal strength detected by the received signal strength detector 260 can be stored in the server 268 in an integrated manner.
- the wireless tag detection system 290 of the present embodiment is based on a plurality of equal signal strength curves in which the received signal strength strengths detected by the received signal strength detectors 260 of the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 are also determined. The position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected.
- FIG. 54 is a diagram for explaining this equal signal strength curve.
- the distance from the transmitting terminal device 214 to the wireless tag 212 that is the detection target is the distance from the receiving terminal device 292 to the wireless tag 212 that is the detection target. The distance is indicated by r.
- the transmitting terminal device 214 is at a position indicated by coordinates (a, 0)
- the receiving terminal device 292 is at a position indicated by coordinates (one a, 0)
- the wireless tag 212 to be detected is a coordinate ( It is assumed that they are placed at the positions indicated by X, y).
- the received power at the receiving terminal device 292 is proportional to lZ (r, r) 2, and therefore, if r ⁇ r is constant, the intensity of the reflected wave F from the radio tag 212 is also It is also constant.
- equation (1) if r -r is set to a constant value k, the equation (1) is transformed.
- This equation (2) with k as a parameter is a plurality of curves shown in FIG. 54, and the plurality of curves are received signal strength forces detected by the received signal strength detector 260 of the receiving terminal device 292. It is a plurality of equal signal intensity curves to be determined.
- FIG. 55 shows the position detection of the wireless tag 212 by the wireless tag detection system 290 of the present embodiment. It is a figure explaining about this.
- a predetermined equal signal strength curve in the receiving terminal device 292a is a thin line
- a predetermined equal signal strength curve in the receiving terminal device 292b is a thin chain line
- a predetermined equal signal in the receiving terminal device 292d is shown as thin dashed lines.
- the equal signal strength curve determined from the received signal strength detected by the received signal strength detector 260 of the receiving terminal device 292 is a closed curve.
- the position of the wireless tag 212 can be specified as the intersection of the three equal signal strength curves. it can.
- the process of specifying the position of the wireless tag 212 based on the plurality of equal signal intensity curves is preferably performed by numerical analysis by the server 268 or the like.
- the equal signal strength curve force in the two receiving terminal devices 292 can be obtained. That is, by setting an equal signal strength curve in at least two receiving terminal devices 292 for a predetermined wireless tag 212 as a communication target, the position of the wireless tag 212 is any of the two intersections of the two equal signal strength curves. Can be identified.
- the transmission directivity of the transmission signal and the reception directivity of the reception signal are both omnidirectional, that is, the directivity is not particularly controlled. Since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on the received signal strength detected by the received signal strength detection unit 260, the wireless tag 212 disposed in the room 218 which is a communication range. It is possible to quickly detect the position where the is present by relatively simple control.
- the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on a plurality of equal signal strength curves determined from the received signal strengths detected by the received signal strength detectors 260 of the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292, respectively. Since the The position where the line tag 212 exists can be quickly detected by practical control.
- Example 7
- Fig. 56 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system 300 according to still another embodiment of the fourth invention.
- the wireless tag detection system 300 according to the present embodiment has a plurality (four in FIG. 56) of transmission terminal devices 302a, 302b, 302b that can control transmission directivity as shown in FIG. 302c, 302d (hereinafter simply referred to as “transmission terminal device 302” unless otherwise distinguished) and a plurality of (9 in FIG. 56) receiving terminals that cannot control the reception directivity described above with reference to FIG.
- receiving terminal device 292 (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving terminal device 292 unless otherwise specified) are fixed in position within chamber 218, which is the communication area. It is prepared for.
- FIG. 57 is a view for explaining the configuration of the transmission terminal apparatus 302.
- the transmission terminal apparatus 302 performs phased array processing by multiplying the transmission signal output from the AM modulation unit 224 by a predetermined weight corresponding to each transmission antenna element 234.
- a transmission PAA processing unit 304, a transmission PAA weight control unit 306 that calculates a PAA weight multiplied by the transmission PAA processing unit 304, and a transmission memory that stores a transmission signal output from the transmission PAA processing unit 304 A plurality of (three in FIG.
- transmission signals DZA conversion units 226a, 226b, and 226c that convert the digital signals corresponding to the transmission antenna elements 234 read from the transmission unit 308 and the transmission memory unit 308 into analog signals, respectively.
- DZA conversion unit 226 (Hereinafter, simply referred to as a transmission signal DZA conversion unit 226 unless otherwise distinguished) and the plurality of transmission signal DZ A conversion units 226 according to the local oscillation signal output from the local oscillator 228.
- a plurality of upconverters 230a, 230b, 230c (hereinafter referred to as upconverter 230 unless otherwise specified) that upconvert each of the transmission signals output from A plurality of (three in FIG.
- transmission signal amplifying units 232a, 232b, and 232c that amplify the transmission signals up-converted by the plurality of up-converters 230 with a predetermined gain, respectively.
- a transmitting antenna element 234. the transmission PAA processing unit 304 and the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 are functionally provided in the DSP 236.
- the transmission PAA processing unit 304 multiplies each of the transmission signals output from the AM modulation unit 234 by the PAA weight calculated by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 (three in FIG. 57).
- PAA weight multipliers 310a, 310b, 310c (hereinafter simply referred to as “transmission PAA weight multiplier 310” unless otherwise distinguished) are provided, and transmission directivity in communication with the wireless tag 212 is improved. Control.
- this transmission directivity control in order to prevent transmission radio waves from being transmitted by a plurality of transmission terminal apparatuses 302, for example, as shown in FIG. 56, the transmission directivity of 1 to 24 illustrated as the transmission terminal apparatus 302b is exemplified. Control is performed so that each transmission terminal apparatus 302 has directivity in order.
- the plurality of transmission terminal devices 302 can transmit / receive information to / from a predetermined server 268 via a LAN or the like.
- the ID of the target wireless tag 212 can be acquired from the server 268.
- the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 can transmit / receive information to / from the servo 268 via a LAN or the like, and the wireless tag 212 interpreted by the response bit string interpreting unit 258 is used. It is possible to store information signals related to the modulation in the server 268 in a centralized manner.
- the server 268 functions as a controller that controls the operations of the plurality of transmission terminal apparatuses 302 and the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 292 in the radio tag detection system 300, and the transmission terminal Processing for detecting the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is performed based on the direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 which is a transmission directivity control unit of the device 302.
- the server 268 stores the ID power of the wireless tag 212 detected by the receiving terminal device 292 in association with the receiving terminal device 302 that is the detection subject, the transmission directivity direction, and the received signal strength. It is like that.
- the tag of ID “1” is indicated by “R2” with the received signal strength “8” by the receiving terminal device 292a indicated by “R1”.
- Receiving terminal device 292b detects ID “1” tag with received signal strength “4”, and receiving terminal device 292e detects ID tag “1” with received signal strength “2”. It has been shown.
- the tag of ID “2” is received signal strength “4” by the receiving terminal device 29 2b indicated by “R2”, and the tag of ID “2” is received by the receiving terminal device 292 d indicated by “R4”.
- the wireless tag detection system 300 of the present embodiment includes a transmission directivity direction (main lobe direction) controlled by a transmission PAA weight control unit 306 that is a transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device 302, and the plurality of the plurality of transmission directivity control units. Based on the ratio of the received signal strengths detected by the received signal strength detector 260 of the receiving terminal device 292, the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected.
- FIG. 60 is a diagram for explaining the position detection of the wireless tag 212 by the wireless tag detection system 300 of the present embodiment, and shows an example of specifying the position of the tag of ID “1” from the detection result of FIG. is there.
- the distance from the receiving terminal device 292a to the detection target wireless tag 212 is shown as the distance 3 ⁇ 4 ⁇ from the reception terminal device 292b to the detection target wireless tag 212. Also shown in Figure 60.
- the receiving terminal device 292a is located at the position indicated by the coordinates (one a, 0)
- the receiving terminal device 292b is located at the position indicated by the coordinates (a, 0)
- the wireless tag 212 to be detected is Assume that they are placed at the positions indicated by coordinates (X, y).
- the received power at each receiving terminal device 292 is proportional to lZr 1 / ⁇ 2 . Therefore, the ratio (r / ⁇ ) 2 — if constant, the intensity of the reflected wave F from the wireless tag 212
- the 1 2 r ratio is also constant.
- (r Zr) 2 is set to a constant value k and
- equation (4) is obtained by transforming equation (3).
- the equation (4) with k as a parameter is a plurality of curves shown in FIG. 60, and these curves determine the received signal strength by the receiving terminal device 292a and the received signal strength strength by the receiving terminal device 292b. Is an equal signal intensity ratio curve.
- the transmission directivity direction of the transmission terminal apparatus 302 is indicated by a thin one-dot chain line. Since the relative positional relationship between the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 is fixed, the response wave F from the predetermined radio tag 212 is received by the receiving terminal devices 292a and 292b and received by the respective received signal strength detecting units 260. When the signal strength is detected, an equal signal strength ratio curve is determined from the ratio. That is, it can be seen that the wireless tag 212 to be detected is disposed at any position where the equal signal intensity ratio curve passes.
- the wireless tag 212 that is a detection target is considered to exist in the transmission directivity direction of the transmission terminal device 302 when such detection is performed, and the plurality of transmission terminal devices 302 and the reception terminal devices 292 Since the relative positional relationship is fixed, as shown in FIG. 60, the position of the wireless tag 212 to be detected is equal to the equal signal strength ratio determined by the received signal strength by the receiving terminal devices 292a and 292b. It can be identified as the intersection of a curve and a straight line indicating the transmission directivity direction of the transmission terminal apparatus 302.
- each transmission terminal device 302 searches the entire region 218 as a communication region while changing the transmission directivity direction, and the reception results by the plurality of reception terminal devices 292 are transmitted in the transmission direction. If the wireless tag 212 having the same ID is stored in association with a plurality of transmission directivity directions, the received signal strength is the highest. A mode in which the position of the radio tag 212 is specified based on the detection result of the transmission directivity direction is also conceivable. The process of specifying the position of the wireless tag 212 based on the equal signal intensity ratio curve and the transmission directivity direction is preferably performed by numerical analysis by the server 268 or the like.
- FIG. 61 is a flowchart for explaining the main part of the wireless tag detection control using the transmitting terminal device 302 and the receiving terminal device 292 by the server 268, which is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. .
- SC202 a command bit string for reading an ID from the radio tag 212 is generated by the command bit string generation unit 220 of the transmission terminal apparatus 302, and the FSK encoding unit 222, the AM modulation unit 224, and the transmission
- the interrogated wave F is transmitted in the directivity direction indicated by ⁇ from the plurality of transmitting antenna elements 234 via the PAA processing unit 304 or the like.
- the response wave F from the wireless tag 212 is received by the reception terminal device 292, and the reception terminal device 292 receives the response signal F through the down converter 242, the reception signal amplification unit 244, the reception signal AZD conversion unit 246, and the like.
- the reception signal stored in the reception memory unit 248 and subjected to the phased array processing by the reception PAA processing unit 252 is demodulated by the AM demodulation unit 254 by the AM method, and is further decoded by the FSK decoding unit 256 by the FSK method.
- the decoded decoding signal is interpreted, and it is determined whether or not the information signal related to the modulation of the wireless tag 212 has been read correctly.
- the power to execute the processing of SC205 and subsequent processing is performed.
- the determination of SC203 is affirmative, the reception at SC204 corresponding to the operation of reception signal strength detection unit 260 is performed.
- the received signal stored in the memory unit 248 is further read out, and the ID of the wireless tag 212 is read out through the AM demodulating unit 254 and the FSK decoding unit 256, etc., and output from the FSK decoding unit 256
- the read ID is stored in the table in association with the received signal strength and the receiving terminal device 292 that is the detection subject.
- tag position specifying control shown in FIG. 62 is executed in SD.
- SC205 a predetermined value ⁇ is added to ⁇ and the value of the transmission PAA wait register in the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 is updated.
- SC206 ⁇ is greater than the predetermined value ⁇ E. It is determined whether or not it is large. When the determination of SC206 is denied, the power to execute the processing after SC202 again. When the determination of SC206 is affirmed, the routine is terminated.
- SC201 and SC205 correspond to the operation of the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 of the transmission terminal apparatus 302.
- FIG. 62 is a flowchart for explaining tag position specifying control which is a part of the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG.
- SD204 it is determined whether or not a plurality of IDs of receiving terminal device 292 that detected the ID specified in SD202 have been read. When the determination of SD204 is denied, the power to execute the processing below SD209 is performed. When the determination of SD204 is affirmed, in SD205, the two receiving terminal devices with the highest received signal strength are received. IDs are selected (R1 and R2). Next, in SD206, received signal strengths corresponding to the IDs of the two receiving terminal devices 292 selected in SD205 are read out. Next, in SD207, the intensity ratio is calculated from the received signal intensity read in SD206. Next, in SD208, based on the ratio of the received signal strength calculated in SD207 and the transmission directivity direction ⁇ in the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG.
- the wireless tag 212 corresponding to the ID specified in SD202.
- the position is determined (from the positional relationship in Fig. 60).
- the ID specified in SD202 and the information associated with it are deleted from the table, and then the processing below SD1 is executed again.
- the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 (SC201 and SC205) which is the transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal apparatus 302. Since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected, the position where the wireless tag 212 arranged in the room 218 which is the communication range can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
- the position where the wireless tag 212 is present is detected based on the ratio of the received signal strengths detected by each of the above (4), so that the position where the wireless tag 212 disposed in the chamber 218 is present is practically used. Can be detected promptly by automatic control.
- an equal signal strength ratio curve determined from a ratio of received signal strengths by at least two receiving terminal devices 292, and a direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 of the transmitting terminal device 302 Since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on the straight line indicating the position, the position where the wireless tag 212 arranged in the communication range can be detected quickly by practical control. .
- the reception PAA processing unit 252, the reception signal strength detection unit 260, and the reception PAA weight control unit 262 are connected to the DSP 250 of the reception terminal device 216, and the transmission PAA processing
- the unit 304 and the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 are powers that are functionally provided in the DSP 236 of the transmission terminal device 302.
- These control functions are the individual control devices of the reception terminal device 216 and the transmission terminal device 306. It may be provided in the terminal device 302 or the like. Further, the processing by these control functions may be performed by analog signal processing or by digital signal processing.
- the force used to identify the position of the wireless tag 212 by the processing of the server 268 by controlling the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 and the like By giving this function to any receiving terminal device 216, the receiving terminal device 216, which is the master device, may be processed.
- the server 268 is not necessarily provided. Further, a mode in which such a function is imparted to the transmission terminal device 214 is also conceivable, and even if so, the effects of the present invention are achieved.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
- Remote Sensing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Radar Systems Or Details Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Description
明 細 書 Specification
無線タグ通信システム、無線タグ通信装置、及び無線タグ検出システム 技術分野 Wireless tag communication system, wireless tag communication apparatus, and wireless tag detection system
[0001] 本発明は、所定の無線タグとの間で非接触にて情報の通信を行う無線タグ通信装 置、及びその無線タグ通信装置を用いた無線タグ通信システム及び無線タグ検出シ ステムの改良に関する。 [0001] The present invention relates to a wireless tag communication device that performs non-contact communication of information with a predetermined wireless tag, and a wireless tag communication system and a wireless tag detection system using the wireless tag communication device. Regarding improvement.
背景技術 Background art
[0002] 所定の情報が記憶された小型の無線タグ (応答器)から所定の無線タグ通信装置( 質問器)により非接触にて情報の読み出しを行う RFID (Radio Frequency Identificati on)システムが知られている。この RFIDシステムは、無線タグが汚れている場合や見 えない位置に配置されている場合であっても無線タグ通信装置との通信によりその 無線タグに記憶された情報を読み出すことが可能であることから、商品管理や検査 工程等の様々な分野にぉ 、て実用が期待されて 、る。 An RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system is known in which information is read out in a non-contact manner from a small-sized wireless tag (responder) in which predetermined information is stored by a predetermined wireless tag communication device (interrogator). ing. This RFID system can read information stored in a wireless tag by communication with the wireless tag communication device even when the wireless tag is dirty or placed at an invisible position. Therefore, practical use is expected in various fields such as product management and inspection processes.
[0003] 斯カる RFIDシステムの一利用形態として、物品管理等への実用が考えられている 。例えば、特許文献 1に記載された RFIDを利用する物品検索方法がそれであり、こ の技術によれば、管理の対象である物品それぞれに上記無線タグを貼り付け、それ ら無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行うことにより、好適に物品の検索乃至は管理がで きるとされている。 [0003] As one form of use of such an RFID system, practical use for article management and the like is considered. For example, there is an article search method using RFID described in Patent Document 1, and according to this technology, the above-mentioned wireless tag is attached to each article to be managed, and between the wireless tags. By communicating information, it is said that it is possible to suitably search or manage articles.
[0004] また、前記 RFIDシステムの一利用形態として、室内等の限定された空間における 位置検出を行うための技術が提案されている。例えば、特許文献 2に記載された目 的地案内システムがそれである。この技術によれば、案内対象の陳列棚等に無線タ グを取り付けておくことで、その位置をフロアマップ上に画面表示させることができる。 [0004] Further, as one use form of the RFID system, a technique for detecting a position in a limited space such as a room has been proposed. For example, this is the destination guidance system described in Patent Document 2. According to this technology, by attaching a wireless tag to a display shelf or the like to be guided, the position can be displayed on the floor map.
[0005] また、前記無線タグとの間で通信を行うことによりその無線タグを検出する無線タグ 検出システムにおいて、前記無線タグ通信装置の通信距離は、通常、数メートル程 度に制限されるものであるため、単一の無線タグ通信装置のみでは比較的広い空間 に配置された無線タグを好適に検出できな力つた。そこで、複数の無線タグ通信装 置により所定の通信範囲内に配置された無線タグの検出を行う技術が提案されてい る。例えば、特許文献 3に記載された物品検索システムがそれである。この技術によ れば、相互に情報の送受信を行い得る複数の無線タグ通信装置により通信範囲を 網羅することで、その通信範囲内に配置された無線タグを好適に検出できるとされて いる。 [0005] In addition, in the wireless tag detection system that detects the wireless tag by communicating with the wireless tag, the communication distance of the wireless tag communication device is usually limited to about several meters. For this reason, the wireless tag placed in a relatively large space could not be suitably detected with only a single wireless tag communication device. Therefore, a technique for detecting a wireless tag arranged within a predetermined communication range by a plurality of wireless tag communication devices has been proposed. The For example, this is the article search system described in Patent Document 3. According to this technology, it is said that a wireless tag arranged within a communication range can be suitably detected by covering the communication range with a plurality of wireless tag communication devices capable of transmitting / receiving information to / from each other.
[0006] 特許文献 1 :特開 2002— 271229号公報 [0006] Patent Document 1: JP 2002-271229 A
特許文献 2 :特開 2001— 116583号公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-116583
特許文献 3 :特開 2004— 132732号公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-132732
[0007] しかし、前記特許文献 1に記載されたような従来の技術では、無線タグ通信装置か ら送信される電波 (送信信号)の指向性を変化させて目的の無線タグを検索するもの であったことから、例えば、検索に用いられる無線タグ通信装置が携帯式のハンディ リーダである場合等においては、そのハンデイリーダが移動することにより通信対象 である無線タグの相対方向が変化してしまい、検索が困難になるという弊害があった 。また、物品の配設位置を管理する場合等においては、手動による登録等の作業が 必要とされることが考えられ、煩雑であり実用に適さな力つた。このため、通信対象で ある無線タグの正確な位置を簡便に検出し得る無線タグ通信システムの開発が求め られていた。 [0007] However, in the conventional technique as described in Patent Document 1, a target wireless tag is searched by changing the directivity of a radio wave (transmission signal) transmitted from the wireless tag communication device. Therefore, for example, when the RFID tag communication device used for the search is a portable handy reader, the relative direction of the RFID tag to be communicated changes due to the movement of the handy reader. , There was a bad effect that the search becomes difficult. In addition, when managing the arrangement position of the article, it may be necessary to perform manual registration or the like, which is cumbersome and suitable for practical use. For this reason, there has been a demand for the development of a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect the exact position of a wireless tag that is a communication target.
[0008] また、前記 RFIDシステムの物品管理等への実用を考えると、前述した位置検出の ための場所情報を有する無線タグ (以下、場所タグという)に加えて、物品等に取り付 けてそれらを管理するための管理情報を有する無線タグ(以下、物品タグという)との 間でも通信が所望される場合がある。しかし、前記特許文献 2に記載されたような従 来の技術では、上記場所タグとの間の通信及び物品タグとの間の通信を同時に行う ことになり、通信信号が重畳することで正しい通信が行われない虞があった。また、そ れらの通信を同時に行うことで、通信データが増えるという弊害があった。このため、 複数種類の無線タグとの間で好適に通信を行 、得る技術の開発が求められて 、た。 [0008] In addition, considering the practical use of the RFID system for article management and the like, in addition to the above-described wireless tag having location information for position detection (hereinafter referred to as a location tag), the RFID system can be attached to an article or the like. In some cases, communication with a wireless tag having management information for managing them (hereinafter referred to as an article tag) is desired. However, in the conventional technology described in Patent Document 2, communication with the place tag and communication with the article tag are simultaneously performed, and correct communication is performed by superimposing communication signals. There was a risk of not being done. Moreover, there was a detrimental effect that communication data increased by performing these communications simultaneously. For this reason, there has been a demand for the development of a technique for appropriately communicating with and obtaining a plurality of types of wireless tags.
[0009] また、内的な電力供給源を含まな!/、所謂パッシブタグ (passive tag)では、複数の送 信信号を同時に受けることにより通信が不可能となるものが一般的であり、前記特許 文献 3に記載されたような従来の技術による通信に関して、前記複数の無線タグ通信 装置それぞれの通信範囲が重なる部分では、無線タグが正 、信号を受信できずに 好適な通信が行われないおそれがあった。このことを解消するため、互いに隣接する 無線タグ通信装置による送信信号の送信には十分な時間間隔を空けるべきであるが 、自局の周囲に存在する無線タグの数、またそれらが通信を行うタイミングがわ力もな い場合、十分な時間間隔を空ける必要がある等、シーケンス制御が複雑となることか ら、通信速度の向上には限界があった。このため、通信範囲内に配置された無線タ グを可及的に速やかに検出し得る無線タグ検出システムの開発が求められていた。 発明の開示 [0009] In addition, a so-called passive tag that does not include an internal power supply source is generally one that cannot communicate by receiving a plurality of transmission signals simultaneously. With regard to communication according to the conventional technology as described in Patent Document 3, the wireless tag is not able to receive a signal correctly in a portion where the communication ranges of the plurality of wireless tag communication devices overlap. There was a possibility that suitable communication could not be performed. In order to solve this problem, a sufficient time interval should be provided for transmission of transmission signals by adjacent wireless tag communication devices. However, the number of wireless tags existing around the station and the number of wireless tags communicate with each other. When the timing is weak, there is a limit to improving the communication speed because the sequence control becomes complicated, such as a sufficient time interval. For this reason, the development of a wireless tag detection system that can detect wireless tags placed in the communication range as quickly as possible has been demanded. Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題 Problems to be solved by the invention
[0010] 本発明は、以上の事情を背景として為されたものであり、その目的とするところは、 通信対象である無線タグの正確な位置を簡便に検出し得る無線タグ通信システムを 提供すること、複数種類の無線タグとの間で好適に通信を行い得る技術を提供する こと、及び通信範囲内に配置された無線タグを可及的に速やかに検出し得る無線タ グ通信システムを提供することにある。 [0010] The present invention has been made against the background of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect an accurate position of a wireless tag that is a communication target. Provide a technology that can suitably communicate with multiple types of wireless tags, and provide a wireless tag communication system that can detect wireless tags placed within the communication range as quickly as possible. There is to do.
課題を解決するための手段 Means for solving the problem
[0011] 斯かる目的を達成するために、本第 1発明の要旨とするところは、所定の無線タグと の間で非接触にて情報の通信を行う無線タグ通信システムであって、所定の基準位 置に対して位置固定に設けられる第 1の無線タグと、その第 1の無線タグとの間で情 報の通信を行う無線タグ通信装置とを、含み、その無線タグ通信装置は、前記第 1の 無線タグ及び第 2の無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行うことにより、前記基準位置に 対するその第 1の無線タグの位置を判定すると共に、その第 1の無線タグの位置に基 づいて前記基準位置に対する前記無線タグ通信装置の位置を判定することを特徴と するものである。 [0011] In order to achieve such an object, the gist of the first invention is a wireless tag communication system that performs non-contact communication of information with a predetermined wireless tag, A first wireless tag provided at a fixed position with respect to a reference position, and a wireless tag communication device that communicates information with the first wireless tag, the wireless tag communication device comprising: The communication of information between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag determines the position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position, and the position of the first wireless tag. The position of the RFID tag communication device with respect to the reference position is determined based on the above.
[0012] また、前記目的を達成するために、本第 2発明の要旨とするところは、所定の無線タ グに向けて送信信号を送信すると共に、その送信信号に応じてその無線タグ力 返 信される返信信号を受信してその無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行う無線タグ通信 装置であって、前記無線タグ力 の受信信号を複数の信号領域に分割するための信 号分割部を有することを特徴とするものである。 [0012] In order to achieve the above object, the gist of the second invention is that a transmission signal is transmitted toward a predetermined wireless tag, and the RFID tag power is returned according to the transmission signal. A wireless tag communication device that receives a reply signal transmitted and communicates information with the wireless tag, and a signal dividing unit for dividing the reception signal of the wireless tag power into a plurality of signal areas It is characterized by having.
[0013] また、前記目的を達成するために、本第 3発明の要旨とするところは、上記第 2発明 の無線タグ通信装置を用いた無線タグ通信システムであって、互いに信号領域の異 なる複数種類の無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行うことを特徴とするものである。 [0013] In order to achieve the above object, the gist of the third invention is the second invention. The wireless tag communication system using the wireless tag communication device of the present invention is characterized in that information is communicated with a plurality of types of wireless tags having different signal areas.
[0014] また、前記目的を達成するために、本第 4発明の要旨とするところは、所定の情報 が記憶された無線タグとの間で非接触にて情報の通信を行うことによりその無線タグ を検出する無線タグ検出システムであって、前記無線タグに向けて所定の送信信号 を送信する単数乃至は複数の送信端末装置と、その送信端末装置により送信される 送信信号に応じて前記無線タグから返信される返信信号を受信する複数の受信端 末装置とを、それぞれ別体の装置として異なる位置に備えたことを特徴とするもので ある。 [0014] In order to achieve the above object, the gist of the fourth invention is that wireless communication is performed by communicating information with a wireless tag storing predetermined information in a contactless manner. A wireless tag detection system for detecting a tag, wherein one or a plurality of transmission terminal devices that transmit a predetermined transmission signal toward the wireless tag, and the wireless communication according to a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device A plurality of receiving terminal devices that receive a reply signal returned from the tag are provided at different positions as separate devices.
発明の効果 The invention's effect
[0015] このように、前記第 1発明によれば、所定の基準位置に対して位置固定に設けられ る第 1の無線タグと、その第 1の無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行う無線タグ通信装 置とを、含み、その無線タグ通信装置は、前記第 1の無線タグとの間で情報の通信を 行うことにより、前記基準位置に対するその第 1の無線タグの位置を判定すると共に、 その第 1の無線タグの位置に基づ!/、て前記基準位置に対するその無線タグ通信装 置の位置を判定するものであることから、前記基準位置に対して無線タグ通信装置 が移動したとしても、前記第 1の無線タグとの相対位置関係力 前記無線タグ通信装 置の位置を好適に検出できる。すなわち、前記無線タグ通信装置の正確な位置を簡 便に検出し得る無線タグ通信システムを提供することができる。 As described above, according to the first aspect of the present invention, information is communicated between the first wireless tag provided in a fixed position with respect to the predetermined reference position and the first wireless tag. A wireless tag communication device that determines the position of the first wireless tag relative to the reference position by communicating information with the first wireless tag. And the position of the RFID tag communication device relative to the reference position is determined based on the position of the first RFID tag, so that the RFID tag communication device moves relative to the reference position. Even so, the relative positional relationship force with the first wireless tag can suitably detect the position of the wireless tag communication device. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect an accurate position of the wireless tag communication apparatus.
[0016] ここで、前記第 1発明において、好適には、前記基準位置に対して移動可能であり 、前記無線タグ通信装置と情報の通信を行う第 2の無線タグを更に含み、その無線タ グ通信装置の位置に基づ 、て、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線タグの位置 を判定するものである。このようにすれば、前記第 1の無線タグに対する前記第 2の無 線タグの相対位置を好適に検出できる。また、前記基準位置に対する第 1の無線タ グの位置を前記無線タグ通信装置に予め登録しておくことで、検出された第 2の無線 タグの位置を手動により登録するなどの煩雑な作業を行わずに済む。すなわち、通 信対象である無線タグの正確な位置を簡便に検出し得る無線タグ通信システムを提 供することができる。 [0017] また、好適には、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグの位置を記憶するた めの記憶装置を含むものである。このようにすれば、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1 の無線タグの位置を実用的な態様で管理することができる。 [0016] Here, in the first invention, it preferably includes a second wireless tag that is movable with respect to the reference position and communicates information with the wireless tag communication device. The position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position is determined based on the position of the communication device. In this way, it is possible to suitably detect the relative position of the second radio tag with respect to the first radio tag. In addition, by registering the position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position in the wireless tag communication device in advance, complicated operations such as manually registering the position of the detected second wireless tag are performed. No need to do it. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect the accurate position of a wireless tag that is a communication target. [0017] Preferably, the apparatus includes a storage device for storing a position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position. In this way, the position of the first wireless tag with respect to the reference position can be managed in a practical manner.
[0018] また、好適には、前記記憶装置は、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線タグの 位置を記憶するものである。このようにすれば、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無 線タグの位置を実用的な態様で管理することができる。 [0018] Preferably, the storage device stores a position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position. In this way, the position of the second radio tag with respect to the reference position can be managed in a practical manner.
[0019] また、好適には、前記記憶装置は、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグの 位置及び第 2の無線タグの位置を相互に関連付けて記憶するものである。このように すれば、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグ及び第 2の無線タグの位置を実 用的な態様で管理することができる。 [0019] Preferably, the storage device stores the position of the first wireless tag and the position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position in association with each other. In this way, the positions of the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position can be managed in a practical manner.
[0020] また、好適には、前記無線タグ通信装置は、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無 線タグの位置又は第 2の無線タグの位置を表示する表示部を有するものである。この ようにすれば、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線タグの位置を視覚的に確認で きる。 [0020] Preferably, the wireless tag communication device includes a display unit that displays a position of the first wireless tag or a position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position. In this way, the position of the second wireless tag with respect to the reference position can be visually confirmed.
[0021] また、好適には、前記無線タグ通信装置は、前記第 1の無線タグとの間の情報の通 信と、前記第 2の無線タグとの間の情報の通信とを交互に行うものである。このように すれば、実用的な態様で前記第 1の無線タグ及び第 2の無線タグの間での通信の重 畳を防止できる。 [0021] Preferably, the wireless tag communication device alternately performs communication of information with the first wireless tag and communication of information with the second wireless tag. Is. In this way, it is possible to prevent communication overlap between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag in a practical manner.
[0022] また、好適には、前記第 1の無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行うための送信信号の 強度は、前記第 2の無線タグとの間で情報の通信を行うための送信信号の強度よりも 大きいものである。このようにすれば、前記第 1の無線タグ及び第 2の無線タグの間で 通信範囲に区別をつけることができることに加え、複数の第 1の無線タグと通信を行う こと力 S容易とされる。 [0022] Preferably, the strength of a transmission signal for performing information communication with the first wireless tag is equal to that of the transmission signal for performing information communication with the second wireless tag. It is larger than the signal strength. In this way, in addition to being able to distinguish the communication range between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag, it is easy to communicate with a plurality of first wireless tags. The
[0023] また、好適には、前記第 1の無線タグの通信可能距離は、前記第 2の無線タグの通 信可能距離よりも大きいものである。このようにすれば、前記第 1の無線タグ及び第 2 の無線タグの間で通信範囲に区別をつけることができることにカ卩え、複数の第 1の無 線タグと通信を行うことが容易とされる。 [0023] Preferably, the communicable distance of the first wireless tag is larger than the communicable distance of the second wireless tag. In this way, it is easy to communicate with a plurality of first radio tags, because the communication range can be differentiated between the first radio tag and the second radio tag. It is said.
[0024] また、好適には、前記無線タグ通信装置は、前記無線タグからの返信信号の強度 を検出する信号強度検出部を有するものであり、複数の前記第 1の無線タグ力 返 信信号が受信された場合には、それら複数の前記第 1の無線タグに対応して前記信 号強度検出部により検出される信号強度に基づいて前記基準位置に対する位置を 判定するものである。このようにすれば、前記基準位置に対する位置を確実に検出 することができる。 [0024] Preferably, the wireless tag communication device is configured such that the strength of a return signal from the wireless tag When a plurality of the first RFID tag response signals are received, the signal strength corresponding to the plurality of first RFID tags is received. The position with respect to the reference position is determined based on the signal intensity detected by the detection unit. In this way, the position relative to the reference position can be reliably detected.
[0025] また、好適には、前記無線タグ通信装置は、予め定められた関係力も前記複数の 前記第 1の無線タグそれぞれに対応して前記信号強度検出部により検出される信号 強度に基づいてそれら複数の第 1の無線タグ相互間における前記第 2の無線タグの 位置を判定するものである。このようにすれば、前記基準位置に対する位置を実用的 な態様でより正確に検出することができる。 [0025] Preferably, the wireless tag communication device is configured so that a predetermined relational force is also detected based on the signal strength detected by the signal strength detection unit corresponding to each of the plurality of first wireless tags. The position of the second wireless tag between the plurality of first wireless tags is determined. In this way, the position relative to the reference position can be detected more accurately in a practical manner.
[0026] また、好適には、前記第 1の無線タグ及び第 2の無線タグは、返信信号を返信すベ きコマンドがそれぞれ別個に予め定められたものである。このようにすれば、実用的 な態様で前記第 1の無線タグ及び第 2の無線タグの間での通信の重畳を防止できる [0026] Preferably, in the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag, commands for returning a reply signal are separately determined in advance. In this way, it is possible to prevent communication overlap between the first wireless tag and the second wireless tag in a practical manner.
[0027] また、好適には、前記第 1の無線タグは、電源装置を有するアクティブタグである。 [0027] Preferably, the first wireless tag is an active tag having a power supply device.
このようにすれば、前記第 1の無線タグの通信可能距離を延ばすことができ、第 1の 無線タグの設置数を少なくすることができる。 In this way, the communicable distance of the first wireless tag can be extended, and the number of installed first wireless tags can be reduced.
[0028] また、好適には、前記第 2の無線タグは、所定の物品を管理するためにその物品に 貼り付けられて用いられるものである。このようにすれば、実用的な態様で前記物品 の配設位置等を管理することができる。 [0028] Preferably, the second wireless tag is used by being affixed to an article in order to manage the prescribed article. In this way, the arrangement position of the article can be managed in a practical manner.
[0029] また、前記第 2発明によれば、前記無線タグからの受信信号を複数の信号領域に 分割するための信号分割部を有することから、互いに信号領域の異なる複数種類の 無線タグとの間で同時に情報の通信を行うことができ、通信信号の重畳や通信エラ 一の増加といった弊害を防止できる。すなわち、複数種類の無線タグとの間で好適 に通信を行い得る無線タグ通信装置を提供することができる。 [0029] According to the second aspect of the invention, since the signal division unit for dividing the received signal from the wireless tag into a plurality of signal areas is provided, Information can be communicated between them simultaneously, and adverse effects such as superimposition of communication signals and increase in communication errors can be prevented. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication device that can suitably communicate with a plurality of types of wireless tags.
[0030] また、前記第 2発明にお 、て、好適には、前記信号分割部は、それぞれ機能が異 なる複数種類の無線タグからの受信信号を機能別に複数の信号領域に分割するも のである。このようにすれば、互いに機能の異なる複数種類の無線タグとの間で同時 に情報の通信を行うことができる。 [0030] Also, in the second invention, preferably, the signal dividing unit divides received signals from a plurality of types of wireless tags having different functions into a plurality of signal regions according to functions. is there. In this way, multiple types of wireless tags with different functions can be used simultaneously. It is possible to communicate information.
[0031] また、好適には、前記無線タグ力もの受信信号をディジタル信号に変換する AZD 変換部を有し、前記信号分割部は、ディジタル信号処理によりその受信信号を複数 の信号領域に分割するものである。このようにすれば、ディジタル信号処理を用いる ことで、フィルタバンクや FIR (Finite Impulse Response)フィルタを用いた周波数分解 等が可能となる。 [0031] In addition, preferably, an AZD converter that converts the received signal having the RFID tag power into a digital signal is provided, and the signal dividing unit divides the received signal into a plurality of signal regions by digital signal processing. Is. In this way, by using digital signal processing, frequency decomposition using a filter bank or FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filter becomes possible.
[0032] また、好適には、複数のアンテナ素子を備え、それら複数のアンテナ素子により受 信される前記無線タグからの受信信号それぞれの位相を制御することで受信指向性 を制御する受信フェイズドアレイ制御部を有するものである。このようにすれば、前記 無線タグの方向を好適に特定できる。 [0032] Preferably, the reception phased array includes a plurality of antenna elements, and controls the reception directivity by controlling the phase of each of the reception signals from the wireless tag received by the plurality of antenna elements. It has a control part. In this way, the direction of the wireless tag can be suitably specified.
[0033] また、好適には、複数のアンテナ素子を備え、それら複数のアンテナ素子から送信 される送信信号それぞれの位相を制御することで送信指向性を制御する送信フェイ ズドアレイ制御部を有するものである。このようにすれば、前記無線タグの方向を好適 に特定できる。 [0033] Preferably, the apparatus includes a plurality of antenna elements, and a transmission phased array control unit that controls transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements. is there. In this way, the direction of the wireless tag can be suitably specified.
[0034] また、前記第 3発明によれば、互いに信号領域の異なる複数種類の無線タグとの間 で情報の通信を行うものであることから、通信信号の重畳や通信エラーの増加と 、つ た弊害を防止できる。すなわち、複数種類の無線タグとの間で好適に通信を行い得 る無線タグ通信システムを提供することができる。 [0034] Further, according to the third invention, since information is communicated with a plurality of types of wireless tags having different signal areas, communication signals are superimposed and communication errors increase. Can prevent harmful effects. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can suitably communicate with a plurality of types of wireless tags.
[0035] また、前記第 3発明において、好適には、前記複数種類の無線タグは、互いに変調 周波数が異なるものである。このようにすれば、実用的な態様で前記複数種類の無 線タグ相互の信号領域に区別をつけられる。 [0035] In the third invention, preferably, the plurality of types of wireless tags have different modulation frequencies. In this way, the signal areas of the plurality of types of radio tags can be distinguished in a practical manner.
[0036] また、好適には、前記複数種類の無線タグのうち少なくとも 1種類の無線タグは、周 波数変調により前記無線タグ通信装置との間で情報の通信を行うものである。このよ うにすれば、通信信号の重畳を実用的な態様で防止できる。 [0036] Preferably, at least one type of wireless tag among the plurality of types of wireless tags performs information communication with the wireless tag communication device by frequency modulation. In this way, communication signal superposition can be prevented in a practical manner.
[0037] また、好適には、前記周波数変調を行う無線タグは、複数の周波数のうち何れかの 周波数を選択して変調周波数の中心周波数として用いる周波数ホッピングを行うも のである。このようにすれば、通信信号の重畳を更に好適に防止でき、通信を正しく 成り立たせることができる。 [0038] また、好適には、前記複数種類の無線タグのうち少なくとも 1種類の無線タグは、前 記無線タグ通信装置から送信される全ての送信コマンドに対して返信信号を返信す るものである。このようにすれば、対象である無線タグに対して送信コマンドを送る必 要が無ぐ前記複数種類の無線タグとの間で好適に同時通信を行うことができる。 [0037] Preferably, the wireless tag that performs frequency modulation performs frequency hopping that selects any one of a plurality of frequencies and uses it as a center frequency of the modulation frequency. In this way, it is possible to more suitably prevent communication signals from being superimposed and to establish communication correctly. [0038] Preferably, at least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the wireless tag communication device. is there. In this way, it is possible to suitably perform simultaneous communication with the plurality of types of wireless tags that do not need to send a transmission command to the target wireless tag.
[0039] また、好適には、前記複数種類の無線タグのうち少なくとも 1種類の無線タグは、電 源装置を有するセミパッシブタグである。このようにすれば、対象である無線タグの変 調周波数が高ぐ変調信号を発生させるのに大きなエネルギが必要な場合であって も安定した通信が可能である。 [0039] Preferably, at least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags is a semi-passive tag having a power supply device. In this way, stable communication is possible even when a large amount of energy is required to generate a modulation signal in which the modulation frequency of the target wireless tag is high.
[0040] また、好適には、前記無線タグ通信装置は、同時に受信された複数種類の無線タ ダカもの受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものである。このようにすれば、前記 複数種類の無線タグを用いて複合的な情報処理を行うことができる。 [0040] Preferably, the RFID tag communication apparatus processes a plurality of types of received signals of a plurality of types of wireless tags received in association with each other. In this way, complex information processing can be performed using the plurality of types of wireless tags.
[0041] また、好適には、前記複数種類の無線タグのうち少なくとも 1種類の無線タグは、所 定の場所に位置固定に設けられてその場所を示す場所情報を有するタグである。こ のようにすれば、実用的な態様で場所に関する情報を取得することができる。 [0041] Preferably, at least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags is a tag that is provided in a fixed position at a predetermined location and has location information indicating the location. In this way, information about a place can be acquired in a practical manner.
[0042] また、好適には、前記複数種類の無線タグのうち少なくとも 1種類の無線タグは、物 品に貼り付けられてその物品を管理するための管理情報を有するタグである。このよ うにすれば、実用的な態様で物品の管理情報を取得することができる。 [0042] Preferably, at least one of the plurality of types of wireless tags is a tag having management information that is attached to an item and manages the item. In this way, article management information can be acquired in a practical manner.
[0043] また、好適には、前記無線タグ通信装置は、複数のアンテナ素子を備え、それら複 数のアンテナ素子により受信された前記無線タグ力 の受信信号それぞれの位相を 制御することで受信指向性を制御する受信フェイズドアレイ制御部を有するもの、又 は前記複数のアンテナ素子から送信される送信信号それぞれの位相を制御すること で送信指向性を制御する送信フェイズドアレイ制御部を有するものであり、その無線 タグ通信装置の周囲に前記複数種類の無線タグを配設し、それら複数種類の無線タ グから同時に受信された受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものである。このよう にすれば、前記場所情報を有するタグにより示される場所に関する情報を参照するこ とで、前記管理情報を有するタグの貼り付けられた物品の方向を好適に検出できる。 [0043] Preferably, the RFID tag communication apparatus includes a plurality of antenna elements, and controls the phase of each received signal of the RFID tag power received by the plurality of antenna elements. Having a reception phased array control unit for controlling transmission characteristics, or having a transmission phased array control unit for controlling transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements. The plurality of types of wireless tags are arranged around the wireless tag communication device, and received signals received simultaneously from the plurality of types of wireless tags are processed in association with each other. In this way, the direction of the article to which the tag having the management information is attached can be suitably detected by referring to the information regarding the location indicated by the tag having the location information.
[0044] また、前記第 4発明によれば、前記無線タグに向けて所定の送信信号を送信する 単数乃至は複数の送信端末装置と、その送信端末装置により送信される送信信号 に応じて前記無線タグから返信される返信信号を受信する複数の受信端末装置とを 、それぞれ別体の装置として異なる位置に備えていることから、必要十分な個数の送 信端末装置及び受信端末装置をそれぞれ適切な位置に設置することで、通信範囲 内に配設された全ての無線タグを比較的簡単な制御により速やかに検出できる。す なわち、通信範囲内に配置された無線タグを可及的に速やかに検出し得る無線タグ 通信システムを提供することができる。 [0044] According to the fourth invention, one or a plurality of transmission terminal devices that transmit a predetermined transmission signal toward the wireless tag, and a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device And a plurality of receiving terminal devices that receive reply signals sent back from the wireless tag according to the above are provided at different positions as separate devices, so that a necessary and sufficient number of transmitting terminal devices and receiving terminals are provided. By installing the devices at appropriate positions, all wireless tags placed within the communication range can be detected quickly with relatively simple control. In other words, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can detect wireless tags arranged within a communication range as quickly as possible.
[0045] また、前記第 4発明は、好適には、所定の前記送信端末装置から送信された送信 信号に応じて前記無線タグ力 返信される返信信号を複数の前記受信端末装置に より受信し得るような位置にそれら送信端末装置及び複数の受信端末装置を備えた ものである。このようにすれば、前記送信端末装置より多数の受信端末装置を設置す ることで、所定の送信端末装置から送信された送信信号に応じて前記無線タグから 返信される返信信号を複数の受信端末装置により受信することができ、通信の重畳 を好適に防止しつつ通信範囲内に配設された全ての無線タグを効率的に検出でき る。 [0045] Also, in the fourth aspect of the invention, preferably, a plurality of receiving terminal devices receive a reply signal that is returned in response to the RFID tag power in response to a transmission signal transmitted from the predetermined transmitting terminal device. These transmitting terminal devices and a plurality of receiving terminal devices are provided at such positions. In this way, by installing a larger number of receiving terminal devices than the transmitting terminal device, it is possible to receive a plurality of reply signals sent back from the wireless tag in response to a transmission signal transmitted from a predetermined transmitting terminal device. It can be received by the terminal device, and all wireless tags arranged in the communication range can be efficiently detected while suitably preventing communication overlap.
[0046] また、好適には、前記受信端末装置は、前記無線タグから返信される返信信号を 受信する受信指向性方向を制御する受信指向性制御部を備えたものである。このよ うにすれば、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグを比較的簡単な制御により速やかに 検出できる。 [0046] Preferably, the reception terminal device includes a reception directivity control unit that controls a reception directivity direction for receiving a reply signal returned from the wireless tag. In this way, the wireless tag disposed within the communication range can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
[0047] また、好適には、前記受信端末装置の受信指向性制御部により制御される受信指 向性の方向に基づいて前記無線タグの存在する位置を検出するものである。このよう にすれば、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグの存在する位置を比較的簡単な制御 により速やかに検出できる。 [0047] Preferably, the position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on a direction of reception directivity controlled by a reception directivity control unit of the reception terminal device. In this way, the position where the wireless tag arranged in the communication range is present can be detected quickly by relatively simple control.
[0048] また、好適には、複数の前記受信端末装置の受信指向性制御部によりそれぞれ制 御される受信指向性の方向及びそれら複数の受信端末装置相互間の距離に基づい て前記無線タグの存在する位置を検出するものである。このようにすれば、通信範囲 内に配設された無線タグの存在する位置を実用的な制御により速やかに検出できる [0048] In addition, preferably, the wireless tag is configured based on a direction of reception directivity controlled by a reception directivity control unit of each of the plurality of reception terminal devices and a distance between the plurality of reception terminal devices. It detects the existing position. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
[0049] また、好適には、前記送信端末装置は、前記無線タグに向けて送信信号を送信す る送信指向性を制御する送信指向性制御部を備えたものである。このようにすれば、 通信範囲内に配設された無線タグを比較的簡単な制御により速やかに検出できる。 [0049] Preferably, the transmitting terminal device transmits a transmission signal toward the wireless tag. The transmission directivity control unit for controlling the transmission directivity is provided. In this way, the wireless tag disposed within the communication range can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
[0050] また、好適には、前記送信端末装置の送信指向性制御部により制御される送信指 向性の方向に基づいて前記無線タグの存在する位置を検出するものである。このよう にすれば、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグの存在する位置を比較的簡単な制御 により速やかに検出できる。 [0050] Preferably, the position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on a direction of transmission directivity controlled by a transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device. In this way, the position where the wireless tag arranged in the communication range is present can be detected quickly by relatively simple control.
[0051] また、好適には、前記受信端末装置は、前記無線タグから返信される返信信号の 強度を検出する受信信号強度検出部を備えたものである。このようにすれば、前記 無線タグ力 返信される返信信号の強度に基づいてその無線タグを好適に検出でき る。 [0051] Preferably, the receiving terminal device includes a received signal strength detection unit that detects the strength of a reply signal returned from the wireless tag. In this way, the RFID tag can be suitably detected based on the strength of the reply signal returned.
[0052] また、好適には、前記送信端末装置の送信指向性制御部により制御される送信指 向性の方向と、複数の前記受信端末装置の受信信号強度検出部によりそれぞれ検 出される受信信号強度の比とに基づいて前記無線タグの存在する位置を検出するも のである。このようにすれば、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグの存在する位置を実 用的な制御により速やかに検出できる。 [0052] Preferably, the direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device and the reception signal detected by the reception signal strength detection units of the plurality of reception terminal devices, respectively. The position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on the intensity ratio. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
[0053] また、好適には、少なくとも 2つの受信信号強度の比力も決定される等信号強度比 曲線と、前記送信端末装置の送信指向性制御部により制御される送信指向性の方 向を示す直線とに基づいて前記無線タグの存在する位置を検出するものである。こ のようにすれば、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグの存在する位置を実用的な制御 により速やかに検出できる。 [0053] Preferably, an equal signal strength ratio curve in which the specific power of at least two received signal strengths is also determined, and a direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device are shown. The position where the wireless tag exists is detected based on the straight line. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
[0054] また、好適には、前記送信信号の送信指向性及び受信信号の受信指向性を何れ も無指向性とし、前記受信端末装置の受信信号強度検出部により検出される受信信 号強度に基づ 、て前記無線タグの存在する位置を検出するものである。このようにす れば、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグの存在する位置を比較的簡単な制御により 速やかに検出できる。 [0054] Preferably, the transmission directivity of the transmission signal and the reception directivity of the reception signal are both omnidirectional, and the reception signal strength detected by the reception signal strength detection unit of the reception terminal device is set. Based on this, the position where the wireless tag exists is detected. In this way, the position where the wireless tag disposed within the communication range is present can be detected quickly by relatively simple control.
[0055] また、好適には、複数の前記受信端末装置の受信信号強度検出部によりそれぞれ 検出される受信信号強度から決定される複数の等信号強度曲線に基づいて前記無 線タグの存在する位置を検出するものである。このようにすれば、通信範囲内に配設 された無線タグの存在する位置を実用的な制御により速やかに検出できる。 [0055] Preferably, the position where the radio tag is present based on a plurality of equal signal strength curves determined from the received signal strengths respectively detected by the received signal strength detectors of the plurality of receiving terminal devices. Is detected. In this way, it is arranged within the communication range. The position where the wireless tag is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings
[図 1]本第 1発明の一実施例である無線タグ通信システムを説明する図である。 FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining a radio tag communication system according to an embodiment of the first invention.
[図 2]図 1の無線タグ通信システムを構成する無線タグ通信装置の外観を説明する平 面図である。 2 is a plan view for explaining the external appearance of the RFID tag communication device that constitutes the RFID tag communication system of FIG. 1. FIG.
[図 3]図 2の無線タグ通信装置を矢印 IIIの方向から見た背面図である。 FIG. 3 is a rear view of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG. 2 as viewed from the direction of arrow III.
[図 4]図 2の無線タグ通信装置の構成を説明する図である。 4 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the wireless tag communication device in FIG. 2.
[図 5]図 1の無線タグ通信システムを構成する第 1の無線タグの外観を示す平面図で ある。 FIG. 5 is a plan view showing an appearance of a first wireless tag constituting the wireless tag communication system of FIG. 1.
[図 6]図 5の無線タグの構成を説明する図である。 6 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the wireless tag in FIG.
[図 7]図 1の無線タグ通信システムを構成する第 2の無線タグの外観を示す平面図で ある。 FIG. 7 is a plan view showing the appearance of a second wireless tag constituting the wireless tag communication system of FIG. 1.
[図 8]図 7の無線タグの構成を説明する図である。 8 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the wireless tag in FIG.
[図 9]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の制御部による図 6の無線タグ及び図 8の無線タグの 検出制御を説明するフローチャートである。 9 is a flowchart for explaining detection control of the wireless tag in FIG. 6 and the wireless tag in FIG. 8 by the control unit of the wireless tag communication device in FIG.
[図 10]図 4の無線タグ通信装置による図 6の無線タグ及び図 8の無線タグ力 の情報 の読み取りにつ 、て説明する図である。 10 is a diagram for explaining reading of the RFID tag of FIG. 6 and the RFID tag power information of FIG. 8 by the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
[図 11]図 9の制御の一部である図 6の無線タグの情報読み取り制御について説明す るフローチャートである。 FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating information reading control of the wireless tag in FIG. 6, which is a part of the control in FIG.
[図 12]図 9の制御の一部である図 8の無線タグの情報読み取り制御について説明す るフローチャートである。 FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating information reading control of the wireless tag in FIG. 8, which is a part of the control in FIG.
[図 13]図 6の無線タグ及び図 8の無線タグが複数配設された態様におけるそれら無 線タグの相対位置関係を例示する図である。 FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating the relative positional relationship between the radio tags in FIG. 6 and the radio tags in FIG. 8 in a mode in which a plurality of radio tags are arranged.
[図 14]図 4の無線タグ通信装置によるロケーション決定制御につ 、て概念的に説明 する図である。 FIG. 14 is a diagram conceptually illustrating location determination control by the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 4.
[図 15]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の制御部による基準位置に対する図 6の無線タグの 位置及び図 8の無線タグの位置を相互に関連付けて記憶する登録制御を説明する フローチャートである。 [図 16]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の表示部に表示される登録場所を示す画面の一例 である。 15 is a flowchart for explaining registration control for storing the position of the wireless tag in FIG. 6 and the position of the wireless tag in FIG. 8 relative to the reference position by the control unit of the wireless tag communication apparatus in FIG. 4 in association with each other. FIG. 16 is an example of a screen showing registration locations displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
[図 17]図 1のサーバの記憶装置に記憶されたデータベースの一例である。 FIG. 17 is an example of a database stored in the storage device of the server in FIG. 1.
[図 18]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の制御部による図 6の無線タグ及び図 8の無線タグの 検索制御、及びその検索結果の表示部への表示制御を説明するフローチャートであ る。 18 is a flowchart for explaining search control of the wireless tag of FIG. 6 and the wireless tag of FIG. 8 by the control unit of the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 4, and display control of the search result on the display unit.
[図 19]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の表示部に表示される画面の一例である。 FIG. 19 is an example of a screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
[図 20]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の表示部に表示される「ここです報知」画面の一例で ある。 FIG. 20 is an example of a “here is notification” screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication device of FIG.
[図 21]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の表示部に表示される「これです報知」画面の一例で ある。 FIG. 21 is an example of the “This is Notification” screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication device of FIG.
[図 22]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の制御部による位置検出制御を説明するフローチヤ ートである。 FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining position detection control by the control unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
[図 23]図 22の制御の一部であるロケーション決定制御を説明するフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 23 is a flowchart for explaining location determination control which is a part of the control of FIG.
[図 24]図 6の無線タグが 2っ配設されている相互間の直線的な相対位置を表現する 符号を説明する図である。 FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining a code representing a linear relative position between two wireless tags of FIG.
[図 25]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の制御部による図 6の無線タグ及び図 8の無線タグの 検索制御、その検索結果の表示部への表示制御、及び基準位置に対する図 6の無 線タグの位置及び図 8の無線タグの位置を相互に関連付けて記憶する登録制御を 説明するフローチャートである。 [FIG. 25] Search control of the wireless tag of FIG. 6 and the wireless tag of FIG. 8 by the control unit of the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 4, display control of the search result on the display unit, and radio of FIG. 6 with respect to the reference position 9 is a flowchart for explaining registration control for storing the tag position and the position of the wireless tag in FIG. 8 in association with each other.
[図 26]図 4の無線タグ通信装置の表示部に表示される「場所エラー報知」画面の一 例である。 FIG. 26 is an example of a “location error notification” screen displayed on the display unit of the RFID tag communication apparatus of FIG.
圆 27]図 6の無線タグが平面的に配設された様子を例示する図である。 [27] FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the wireless tags in FIG. 6 are arranged in a plane.
[図 28]図 27の態様において複数の図 6の無線タグ相互間に配設された図 8の無線タ グの平面的なロケーションの決定について概念的に説明する図である。 FIG. 28 is a diagram conceptually illustrating determination of a planar location of the wireless tag of FIG. 8 arranged between a plurality of wireless tags of FIG. 6 in the embodiment of FIG. 27.
圆 29]本第 3発明の一実施例である無線タグ通信システムを説明する図である。 圆 30]本第 2発明の一実施例である無線タグ通信装置の構成を説明する図である。 [図 31]図 3の物品タグ及び図 4の場所タグによる変調に用いられる変調周波数を示 す周波数スペクトラムの一例である。 29] FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining a radio tag communication system according to an embodiment of the third invention. FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of a wireless tag communication device according to an embodiment of the second invention. FIG. 31 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag of FIG. 3 and the location tag of FIG.
圆 32]図 30の無線タグ通信装置力も送信される質問波が図 31に示す変調周波数に より変調された場合における応答波を示す周波数スペクトラムである。 [32] The RFID tag device of FIG. 30 is also a frequency spectrum showing a response wave when the interrogation wave to be transmitted is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG.
[図 33]図 29の通信システムで使用される主搬送波と応答波との関係を示す図であり 、周波数ホッピングを説明している。 FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a relationship between a main carrier and a response wave used in the communication system of FIG. 29, and illustrates frequency hopping.
[図 34]図 29の通信システムの実用的な利用の形態について説明する図である。 FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a practical usage mode of the communication system of FIG. 29.
[図 35]図 34のデータベースに記憶された図 3の物品タグの IDとそれら物品タグにより 管理される物品の管理情報との関係を示す図である。 FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the relationship between the IDs of the article tags of FIG. 3 stored in the database of FIG. 34 and the management information of the articles managed by these article tags.
[図 36]図 30の無線タグ通信装置による図 34の実施形態に対応する物品リスト表示 制御を説明するフローチャートである。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart for explaining article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 34 by the wireless tag communication device of FIG. 30.
[図 37]図 29の通信システムの他の実用的な利用の形態について説明する図である FIG. 37 is a diagram for explaining another practical use mode of the communication system of FIG. 29.
[図 38]図 30の無線タグ通信装置による図 37の実施形態に対応する物品リスト表示 制御を説明するフローチャートである。 FIG. 38 is a flowchart for explaining article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 37 by the wireless tag communication device of FIG.
圆 39]本第 2発明の他の実施例である無線タグ通信装置の構成を説明する図である 圆 40]本第 2発明の更に別の実施例である無線タグ通信装置の構成を説明する図で ある。 39] A diagram illustrating the configuration of a wireless tag communication device according to another embodiment of the second invention. 40) The configuration of a wireless tag communication device according to still another embodiment of the second invention will be described. It is a figure.
[図 41]図 30の無線タグ通信装置の通信対象である場所タグの他の構成を説明する 図である。 FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining another configuration of a place tag that is a communication target of the wireless tag communication device of FIG.
[図 42]図 3の物品タグ及び図 41の場所タグによる変調に用いられる変調周波数を示 す周波数スペクトラムの一例である。 FIG. 42 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag of FIG. 3 and the location tag of FIG. 41.
圆 43]図 30の無線タグ通信装置力も送信される質問波が図 42に示す変調周波数に より変調された場合における応答波の搬送波及びサイドバンド信号を示す周波数ス ぺクトラムである。 [43] The RFID tag communication device shown in FIG. 30 is also a frequency spectrum showing the carrier wave and sideband signal of the response wave when the transmitted interrogation wave is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG.
[図 44]図 29の通信システムで使用される主搬送波と応答波との関係を示す図である [図 45]本第 4発明の一実施例である無線タグ検出システムについて説明する図であ る。 44 is a diagram showing a relationship between a main carrier and a response wave used in the communication system of FIG. 29. FIG. 45 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system according to one embodiment of the fourth invention.
圆 46]図 45の無線タグ検出システムに備えられた送信端末装置の構成を説明する 図である。 [46] FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of a transmission terminal device provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
圆 47]図 45の無線タグ検出システムに備えられた受信端末装置の構成を説明する 図である。 47] A diagram illustrating a configuration of a receiving terminal device provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
[図 48]図 45の無線タグ検出システムに備えられたサーバに記憶された複数の受信 端末装置による無線タグの検出結果を例示する図である。 FIG. 48 is a diagram exemplifying wireless tag detection results by a plurality of receiving terminal devices stored in a server provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 45.
[図 49]図 45の無線タグ検出システムによる無線タグの位置検出について説明する図 である。 FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating position detection of the wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 45.
圆 50]図 46の送信端末装置の DSPによる質問波送信制御の要部を説明するフロー チャートである。 50] is a flowchart for explaining a main part of the interrogation transmission control by the DSP of the transmission terminal device of FIG.
[図 51]図 45の無線タグ検出システムに備えられたサーバによる図 47の受信端末装 置を用いた無線タグ検出制御の要部を説明するフローチャートである。 51 is a flowchart for explaining a main part of wireless tag detection control using the receiving terminal device of FIG. 47 by a server provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 45.
[図 52]本第 4発明の他の実施例である無線タグ検出システムについて説明する図で ある。 FIG. 52 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system according to another embodiment of the fourth invention.
圆 53]図 52の無線タグ検出システムに備えられた受信端末装置の構成を説明する 図である。 53] A diagram illustrating a configuration of a receiving terminal device provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
[図 54]図 52の無線タグ検出システムによる無線タグの位置検出に用いられる等信号 強度曲線を説明する図である。 54 is a diagram for explaining an equal signal intensity curve used for position detection of a wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 52.
[図 55]図 52の無線タグ検出システムによる無線タグの位置検出について説明する図 である。 FIG. 55 is a diagram for describing position detection of the wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 52.
[図 56]本第 4発明の更に別の実施例である無線タグ検出システムについて説明する 図である。 FIG. 56 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system according to still another embodiment of the fourth invention.
圆 57]図 56の無線タグ検出システムによる送信端末装置の構成を説明する図である [57] FIG. 57 is a diagram for explaining a configuration of a transmission terminal device by the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
[図 58]図 57の送信端末装置から所定の送信指向性方向に送信信号が送信された 際に各受信端末装置により検出された無線タグの ID及び受信信号強度を示す図で あり、 1つの無線タグが検出された場合を例示している。 FIG. 58 is a diagram showing the ID of the wireless tag and the received signal strength detected by each receiving terminal device when a transmitting signal is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device in FIG. 57 in a predetermined transmission directivity direction. There is a case where one wireless tag is detected.
[図 59]図 57の送信端末装置から所定の送信指向性方向に送信信号が送信された 際に各受信端末装置により検出された無線タグの ID及び受信信号強度を示す図で あり、 2つの無線タグが検出された場合を例示している。 FIG. 59 is a diagram showing the ID of a wireless tag and the received signal strength detected by each receiving terminal device when a transmitting signal is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device in FIG. 57 in a predetermined transmission directivity direction. The case where a wireless tag is detected is illustrated.
[図 60]図 56の無線タグ検出システムによる無線タグの位置検出について説明する図 であり、図 58の検出結果から ID「1」のタグの位置を特定する例を示すものである。 FIG. 60 is a diagram for explaining the position detection of the wireless tag by the wireless tag detection system of FIG. 56, and shows an example of specifying the position of the tag with ID “1” from the detection result of FIG.
[図 61]図 56の無線タグ検出システムに備えられたサーバによる図 57の送信端末装 置及び図 53の受信端末装置を用いた無線タグ検出制御の要部を説明するフローチ ヤートである。 FIG. 61 is a flow chart for explaining a main part of wireless tag detection control using the transmission terminal device of FIG. 57 and the reception terminal device of FIG. 53 by a server provided in the wireless tag detection system of FIG.
[図 62]図 61に示す無線タグ検出制御の一部であるタグ位置特定制御を説明するフ ローチャートである。 符号の説明 FIG. 62 is a flowchart for explaining tag position specifying control which is a part of the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG. 61; Explanation of symbols
10:無線タグ通信システム、 12:無線タグ通信装置、 13:ネットワーク、 14、 17:無線 タグ (場所タグ、場所情報を有するタグ)、 16:無線タグ (物品タグ、管理情報を有する タグ)、 16' :対象外の物品タグ、 18:利用者、 20:物品、 22:本体ユニット、 24:アン テナユニット、 26:筐体、 28:表示部、 30:操作部、 32:音声発生装置、 34:アンテナ 、 36:ユニット基部、 38:送信部、 40:受信部、 42:制御部、 44:画像処理部、 46:無 線 LAN通信部、 48:基準周波数発生部、 50:PLL、 52:VCO、 54:送信信号変調 部、 56:送信信号増幅部、 58:1相信号変換部、 60 :Q相信号変換部、 62:送受信分 離部、 64:1相信号 、 66:1相信号増幅部、 68:Q相信号 BPF、 70 :Q相信号増 幅部、 72 :RSSI回路 (信号強度検出部)、 74:アンテナ部、 76:IC回路部、 78:整流 部、 80:電源部、 82:クロック抽出部、 84:メモリ部、 86:変復調部、 88:制御部、 90: 電源装置、 92:アンテナ部、 94:IC回路部、 96:サーバ、 98:記憶装置、 100:デー タベース、 110:無線タグ通信システム、 112、 162、 168:無線タグ通信装置、 118: 送信コマンド生成部、 120:変調信号発生部、 122:変調部、 124:増幅部、 126:ァ ンテナ、 128:送受信分離部、 130:復調部、 132:バンドパスフィルタ (信号分割部) 、 134:受信信号処理部、 152:電源装置、 153:チャンネル決定部、 154:室、 156: 表示部、 158:データベース、 160:棚、 164:AZD変換部、 166:DSP、 170:送信 位相制御部、 172:送信振幅制御部、 174:アンテナ素子、 176:受信位相制御部、 178:受信振幅制御部、 180:指向性制御部 (送受信フェイズドアレイ制御部)、 210 、 290、 300:無線タグ検出システム、 212:無線タグ、 214、 302:送信端末装置、 21 6、 292:受信端末装置、 218:室、 220:コマンドビット列生成部、 222:FSK符号ィ匕 部、 224: AM変調部、 226:送信信号 DZA変換部、 228:局所発振器、 230:アツ プコンバータ、 232:送信信号増幅部、 234:送信アンテナ素子、 236:DSP、 238: 受信アンテナ素子、 240:局所発振器、 242:ダウンコンバータ、 244:受信信号増幅 部、 246:受信信号 AZD変換部、 248:受信メモリ部、 250:DSP、 252:受信 PAA 処理部、 254: AM復調部、 256:FSK復号部、 258:返答ビット列解釈部、 260:受 信信号強度検出部、 262:受信 PAAウェイト制御部 (受信指向性制御部)、 264:受 信 PAAウェイト乗算部、 266:受信信号合成部、 268:サーバ、 304:送信 PAA処理 部、 306:送信 PAAウェイト制御部(送信指向性制御部)、 308:送信メモリ部、 310: 送信 PAAゥ mイト乗算部 10: wireless tag communication system, 12: wireless tag communication device, 13: network, 14, 17: wireless tag (location tag, tag with location information), 16: wireless tag (article tag, tag with management information), 16 ': Excluded product tag, 18: User, 20: Product, 22: Main unit, 24: Antenna unit, 26: Housing, 28: Display unit, 30: Operation unit, 32: Sound generator, 34: Antenna, 36: Unit base, 38: Transmitter, 40: Receiver, 42: Controller, 44: Image processor, 46: Wireless LAN communication unit, 48: Reference frequency generator, 50: PLL, 52 : VCO, 54: Transmission signal modulation section, 56: Transmission signal amplification section, 58: 1 phase signal conversion section, 60: Q phase signal conversion section, 62: Transmission / reception separation section, 64: 1 phase signal, 66: 1 phase Signal amplification section, 68: Q phase signal BPF, 70: Q phase signal amplification section, 72: RSSI circuit (signal strength detection section), 74: Antenna section, 76: IC circuit section, 78: Rectification section, 80: Power supply Part, 82: Clock extraction part, 84: Memory unit, 86: modulation / demodulation unit, 88: control unit, 90: power supply unit, 92: antenna unit, 94: IC circuit unit, 96: server, 98: storage device, 100: database, 110: RFID tag communication system, 112, 162, 168: RFID tag communication device, 118: transmission command generation unit, 120: modulation signal generation unit, 122: modulation unit, 124: amplification unit, 126: antenna, 128: transmission / reception separation unit, 130: demodulation unit 132: Bandpass filter (signal division unit) 134: Received signal processing unit 152: Power supply unit 153: Channel determination unit 154: Room 156: Display unit 158: Database 160: Shelf 164: AZD Conversion unit, 166: DSP, 170: Transmission Phase control unit, 172: Transmission amplitude control unit, 174: Antenna element, 176: Reception phase control unit, 178: Reception amplitude control unit, 180: Directivity control unit (transmission / reception phased array control unit), 210, 290, 300: Wireless tag detection system, 212: wireless tag, 214, 302: transmitting terminal device, 216, 292: receiving terminal device, 218: room, 220: command bit string generation unit, 222: FSK code unit, 224: AM modulation , 226: Transmit signal DZA converter, 228: Local oscillator, 230: Up converter, 232: Transmit signal amplifier, 234: Transmit antenna element, 236: DSP, 238: Receive antenna element, 240: Local oscillator, 242 : Downconverter, 244: Received signal amplifier, 246: Received signal AZD converter, 248: Received memory, 250: DSP, 252: Received PAA processor, 254: AM demodulator, 256: FSK decoder, 258: Response bit string interpretation unit, 260: Received signal strength detection unit, 262: Reception PAA weight control unit (Reception directivity control unit), 264: Received PAA weight multiplication unit, 266: Received signal synthesis unit, 268: Server, 304: Transmission PAA processing unit, 306: Transmission PAA weight control unit (transmission directivity control unit), 308: Transmission memory unit, 310: Transmission PAA weight multiplier
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0058] 以下、本発明の好適な実施例を図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
実施例 1 Example 1
[0059] 図 1は、本第 1発明の一実施例である無線タグ通信システム 10 (以下、通信システ ム 10と称する)を説明する図である。この通信システム 10は、無線タグ通信装置 12と 、その無線タグ通信装置 12の通信対象である複数種類(図 1では 2種類)の無線タグ 14、 16とから構成される所謂 RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)システムであり、 上記無線タグ通信装置 12はその RFIDシステムの質問器として、上記無線タグ 14、 16は応答器としてそれぞれ機能する。すなわち、上記無線タグ通信装置 12から送信 信号である質問波 Fが上記無線タグ 14、 16に向けて送信されると、その質問波 Fを 受信した上記無線タグ 14、 16において所定の情報信号 (データ)によりその質問波 Fが変調され、返信信号である応答波 F 、 F (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に c ra rb FIG. 1 is a view for explaining a radio tag communication system 10 (hereinafter referred to as communication system 10) according to an embodiment of the first invention. This communication system 10 is a so-called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) composed of a wireless tag communication device 12 and a plurality of types (two types in FIG. 1) of wireless tags 14 and 16 with which the wireless tag communication device 12 is to communicate. The RFID tag communication device 12 functions as an interrogator of the RFID system, and the RFID tags 14 and 16 function as responders. That is, when the interrogation wave F, which is a transmission signal, is transmitted from the radio tag communication device 12 to the radio tags 14 and 16, a predetermined information signal ( Data), the interrogation wave F is modulated, and response waves F and F which are return signals (hereinafter referred to as c ra rb unless otherwise distinguished)
応答波 Fと称する)として上記無線タグ通信装置 12に向けて返信されることで、その 無線タグ通信装置 12と無線タグ 14、 16との間で情報の通信が行われる。ここで、上 記無線タグ通信装置 12は、所定の基準位置に対して移動可能に設けられた携帯式 無線タグ通信装置 (ノヽンディリーダ)であり、利用者 18は前記無線タグ通信装置 12を 携帯し、その画面を参照しながら前記無線タグ 14、 16の検出を行う。また、前記無線 タグ 14、 16には各々異なる IDが割り付けられており、斯かる IDに基づいてそれぞれ の無線タグを識別することが可能とされて 、る。 As a response wave F), the information is communicated between the RFID tag communication device 12 and the RFID tags 14 and 16. Here, the wireless tag communication device 12 is a portable device provided so as to be movable with respect to a predetermined reference position. The wireless tag communication device (non-reader), the user 18 carries the wireless tag communication device 12 and detects the wireless tags 14 and 16 while referring to the screen. Further, different IDs are assigned to the wireless tags 14 and 16, respectively, and it is possible to identify each wireless tag based on the IDs.
[0060] 上記通信システム 10は、上記無線タグ通信装置 12の通信対象として、単数乃至は 複数(図 1では単数)の第 1の無線タグ 14と、同様に単数乃至は複数(図 1では単数) の第 2の無線タグ 16とを含んで構成されている。この第 1の無線タグ 14は、好適には 、所定の基準位置 (例えば、本実施例の通信システム 10が適用される室等)に対して 位置固定に設けられて所定の場所を示す場所情報を有するタグであり、以下の説明 では場所タグ 14と称する。また、上記第 2の無線タグ 16は、好適には、所定の物品 2 0を管理するためにその物品 20に貼り付けられて用いられる、その物品 20を管理す るための管理情報を有するタグであり、以下の説明では物品タグ 16と称する。これら 場所タグ 14及び物品タグ 16は、返信信号を返信すべきコマンドがそれぞれ別個に 予め定められたものである。また、通信システム 10には、上記場所タグ 14及び上記 物品タグ 16の情報を関連付けて記憶するための記憶装置 98を備えたサーバ 96が 設けられており、そのサーバ 96は、ネットワーク 13を介して前記無線タグ通信装置 1 2と相互に情報の遣り取りが可能とされている。 The communication system 10 includes a single or plural (single in FIG. 1) first wireless tags 14 as communication targets of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and a single or plural (single single in FIG. 1). ) Of the second wireless tag 16. The first wireless tag 14 is preferably provided with location information that is fixed in position with respect to a predetermined reference position (for example, a room to which the communication system 10 of the present embodiment is applied) and indicates a predetermined location. In the following description, it is referred to as a place tag 14. The second wireless tag 16 is preferably a tag having management information for managing the article 20 that is used by being affixed to the article 20 in order to manage the predetermined article 20. In the following description, it is referred to as an article tag 16. In the place tag 14 and the article tag 16, commands to which a reply signal is to be returned are separately determined in advance. Further, the communication system 10 is provided with a server 96 having a storage device 98 for storing information on the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 in association with each other. The server 96 is connected via the network 13. Information can be exchanged with the wireless tag communication device 12.
[0061] 図 2は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12の外観を説明する平面図であり、図 3は、図 2を 矢印 IIIの方向から見た背面図である。これらの図 2及び図 3に示すように、前記無線 タグ通信装置 12は、本体ユニット 22及びその本体ユニット 22に着脱可能に設けられ たアンテナユニット 24力も成る。この本体ユニット 22は、筐体 26と、その筐体 26の平 面部に設けられた表示部 28と、その平面部における表示部 28の側方に設けられた 操作部 30と、ブザー、アラーム、或いはチャイムスピーカ等の音声発生装置 32とを、 備えて構成されている。上記操作部 30は、所定のキー、ボタン、スィッチ、或いはパ ッド等の入力装置を備えており、それらの入力装置によって上記表示部 28の表示や 上記無線タグ 14、 16との通信に係わる様々な操作を行!、得るようになって!/、る。 FIG. 2 is a plan view for explaining the external appearance of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of FIG. 2 viewed from the direction of arrow III. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the RFID tag communication device 12 also includes a main unit 22 and an antenna unit 24 force detachably provided on the main unit 22. The main unit 22 includes a housing 26, a display unit 28 provided on a flat surface portion of the housing 26, an operation unit 30 provided on the side of the display unit 28 in the flat surface portion, a buzzer, an alarm, Alternatively, a sound generating device 32 such as a chime speaker is provided. The operation unit 30 includes input devices such as predetermined keys, buttons, switches, and pads, and the input device is used for display on the display unit 28 and communication with the wireless tags 14 and 16. Do various operations! Get to get! /
[0062] 前記アンテナユニット 24は、前記無線タグ 14、 16との間で非接触にて情報の通信 を行うために、それら無線タグ 14、 16に向けて所定の質問波 Fを送信すると共に、 その質問波 Feに応じてそれら無線タグ 14、 16から返信される応答波^を受信するた めの送受信共用のアンテナ 34がユニット基部 36から左右に張り出すように設けられ ている。このアンテナ 34は、例えば、比較的狭い指向性を有する単峰性アンテナで あり、指向特性を細く絞った所謂ペンシルビーム形状とすることによりピンポイントに 前記無線タグ 14、 16の検出を行 、得るように構成されて 、る。 [0062] The antenna unit 24 transmits a predetermined interrogation wave F to the wireless tags 14 and 16 in order to communicate information with the wireless tags 14 and 16 in a contactless manner, In accordance with the interrogation wave F e , a transmission / reception shared antenna 34 for receiving response waves returned from the wireless tags 14 and 16 is provided so as to protrude from the unit base 36 to the left and right. The antenna 34 is, for example, a unimodal antenna having a relatively narrow directivity, and the wireless tags 14 and 16 are detected and obtained pinpoint by using a so-called pencil beam shape with a narrow directivity. It is structured as follows.
[0063] 図 4は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12の構成を説明する図である。この図 4に示すよう に、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記無線タグ 14、 16に所定の質問波 Fを送信す るための送信部(送信回路) 38と、その送信部 38から送信される質問波 Fに応じて 前記無線タグ 14、 16から返信される応答波 Fを処理するための受信部(ホモダイン 検波回路) 40と、上記送信部 38及び受信部 40を介して通信対象である前記無線タ グ 14、 16との間の情報通信を制御する制御部 42と、その制御部 42からの指令に従 つて前記表示部 28に所定の画像を表示させる画像処理部 44と、所定のネットワーク を介して上記制御部 42をサーバ 96等に接続するための無線 LAN通信部 46とを、 備えて構成されている。上記制御部 42は、 CPU、 ROM,及び RAM等を含んで構 成され、 RAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従 つて信号処理を行う所謂マイクロコンピュータである。 FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12. As shown in FIG. 4, the wireless tag communication device 12 is transmitted from the transmission unit (transmission circuit) 38 for transmitting a predetermined interrogation wave F to the wireless tags 14 and 16, and transmitted from the transmission unit 38. The receiver is a communication target via the receiver (homodyne detection circuit) 40 for processing the response wave F returned from the wireless tags 14 and 16 according to the interrogation wave F, and the transmitter 38 and receiver 40. A control unit 42 that controls information communication between the wireless tags 14 and 16, an image processing unit 44 that displays a predetermined image on the display unit 28 in accordance with a command from the control unit 42, a predetermined unit A wireless LAN communication unit 46 for connecting the control unit 42 to the server 96 and the like via a network is provided. The control unit 42 includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, and is a so-called microcomputer that performs signal processing according to a program stored in advance in the ROM while using a temporary storage function of the RAM.
[0064] 上記送信部 38は、搬送波 f の基準となる信号を発生させる基準周波数発生部 48と [0064] The transmission unit 38 includes a reference frequency generation unit 48 that generates a reference signal for the carrier wave f.
P P
、その基準周波数発生部 48により発生させられる基準波と制御部 42からの制御信 号とに基づいて主搬送波の周波数を設定する PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 50と、その 主搬送波の周波数を PLL50からの制御電圧に応じて出力する VCO (Voltage Contr oiled Oscillator) 52と、その VC052により制御された所定の周波数の主搬送波を上 記制御部 42から供給される所定の制御信号 TX-ASKに基づいて変調する送信信 号変調部 54と、その送信信号変調部 54からの出力信号を所定の制御信号 TX-PW Rに基づいて増幅して上記アンテナ 34に供給する送信信号増幅部 56とを、備えて おり、その送信信号増幅部 56から出力される送信信号は、送受信分離部 62を介し て上記アンテナ 34から前記質問波 Fとして前記無線タグ 14、 16に向けて送信され る。ここで、上記送受信分離部 62としては、サーキユレータ若しくは方向性結合器等 が好適に用いられる。 [0065] 前記受信部 40は、前記アンテナ 34により受信され上記送受信分離部 62を介して 供給される前記無線タグ 14、 16からの受信信号を互いに直交する I相信号及び Q相 信号に変換する I相信号変換部 58及び Q相信号変換部 60と、その I相信号変換部 5 8から出力される I相信号のうち所定の周波数帯域の信号のみを抽出する I相信号 BP F64と、その I相信号 BPF64から出力される I相信号を増幅する I相信号増幅部 66と 、上記 Q相信号変換部 60から出力される Q相信号のうち所定の周波数帯域の信号 のみを抽出する Q相信号 BPF68と、その Q相信号 BPF68から出力される Q相信号 を増幅する Q相信号増幅部 70と、上記 I相信号 BPF64及び Q相信号 BPF68から出 力される I相信号及び Q相信号の強度を検出する信号強度検出部である RSSI (Rece ived Signal Strength Indicator)回路 72とを、備えており、上記 I相信号増幅部 66、 Q 相信号増幅部 70、及び RSSI回路 72から出力される信号は、前記制御部 42におい て処理されて所定の情報信号が読み出される。 The PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 50 that sets the frequency of the main carrier based on the reference wave generated by the reference frequency generator 48 and the control signal from the controller 42, and the frequency of the main carrier from the PLL 50 A VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 52 that outputs in accordance with the control voltage of the control signal and a main carrier having a predetermined frequency controlled by the VC052 based on a predetermined control signal TX-ASK supplied from the control unit 42. A transmission signal modulation unit for modulating, and a transmission signal amplification unit for amplifying an output signal from the transmission signal modulation unit based on a predetermined control signal TX-PWR and supplying the amplified signal to the antenna. The transmission signal output from the transmission signal amplifying unit 56 is transmitted from the antenna 34 to the wireless tags 14 and 16 as the interrogation wave F via the transmission / reception separating unit 62. Here, as the transmission / reception separating unit 62, a circulator or a directional coupler is preferably used. The receiving unit 40 converts the received signals from the wireless tags 14 and 16 received by the antenna 34 and supplied via the transmission / reception separating unit 62 into an I-phase signal and a Q-phase signal that are orthogonal to each other. I-phase signal converter 58 and Q-phase signal converter 60, I-phase signal BP F64 for extracting only signals in a predetermined frequency band from the I-phase signals output from the I-phase signal converter 58, and I-phase signal I-phase signal amplification unit 66 that amplifies I-phase signal output from BPF64, and Q-phase signal that extracts only signals in a predetermined frequency band from the Q-phase signal output from Q-phase signal conversion unit 60 Signal BPF68, Q-phase signal amplifier 70 that amplifies Q-phase signal output from Q-phase signal BPF68, I-phase signal and Q-phase signal output from I-phase signal BPF64 and Q-phase signal BPF68 above RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit, which is a signal strength detector that detects the strength 7 2 and the signals output from the I-phase signal amplifying unit 66, the Q-phase signal amplifying unit 70, and the RSSI circuit 72 are processed by the control unit 42 and a predetermined information signal is read out. .
[0066] 図 5は、前記場所タグ 14の外観を示す平面図であり、図 6は、その場所タグ 14の構 成を説明する図である。これらの図 5及び図 6に示すように、前記場所タグ 14は、前 記無線タグ通信装置 12との間で信号の送受信を行うためのダイポールアンテナ等の アンテナ部 74と、そのアンテナ部 74により受信された信号を処理するための IC回路 部 76とを、備えて構成されている。その IC回路部 76は、上記アンテナ部 74により受 信された前記無線タグ通信装置 12からの質問波 Fを整流する整流部 78と、その整 流部 78により整流された質問波 Fのエネルギを蓄積するための電源部 80と、上記ァ ンテナ部 74により受信された搬送波からクロック信号を抽出して制御部 88に供給す るクロック抽出部 82と、所定の情報信号を記憶し得る情報記憶部として機能するメモ リ部 84と、上記アンテナ部 74に接続されて信号の変調及び復調を行う変復調部 86 と、上記整流部 78、クロック抽出部 82、及び変復調部 86等を介して上記場所タグ 14 の作動を制御するための制御部 88とを、機能的に含んでいる。この制御部 88は、前 記無線タグ通信装置 12と通信を行うことにより上記メモリ部 84に上記所定の情報を 記憶する制御や、上記アンテナ部 74により受信された質問波 Fを上記変復調部 86 にお 、て上記メモリ部 84に記憶された情報信号に基づ 、て変調したうえで応答波 F として上記アンテナ部 74から反射返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。 [0067] 図 7は、前記物品タグ 16の外観を示す平面図であり、図 8は、その物品タグ 16の構 成を説明する図である。これらの図 7及び図 8に示すように、前記物品タグ 16は、前 記無線タグ通信装置 12との間で信号の送受信を行うためのダイポールアンテナ等の アンテナ部 92と、そのアンテナ部 92により受信された信号を処理するための IC回路 部 94とを、備えて構成されている。この IC回路部 94は、前述した整流部 78、電源部 80、クロック抽出部 82、メモリ部 84、変復調部 86、及び制御部 88を機能的に含んで おり、前記場所タグ 14の IC回路部 76と同様に、前記無線タグ通信装置 12と通信を 行うことにより上記メモリ部 84に上記所定の情報を記憶する制御や、上記アンテナ部 92により受信された質問波 Fを上記変復調部 86において上記メモリ部 84に記憶さ れた情報信号に基づ 、て変調したうえで応答波 Fとして上記アンテナ部 92から反射 返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。 FIG. 5 is a plan view showing the appearance of the place tag 14, and FIG. 6 is a view for explaining the configuration of the place tag 14. As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the location tag 14 includes an antenna unit 74 such as a dipole antenna for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the RFID tag communication device 12, and the antenna unit 74. And an IC circuit unit 76 for processing the received signal. The IC circuit unit 76 rectifies the interrogation wave F received from the RFID tag communication apparatus 12 received by the antenna unit 74, and the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78. A power supply unit 80 for storing, a clock extraction unit 82 that extracts a clock signal from the carrier wave received by the antenna unit 74 and supplies the clock signal to the control unit 88, and an information storage unit that can store a predetermined information signal The location tag via the memory unit 84 functioning as the above, the modulation / demodulation unit 86 connected to the antenna unit 74 to modulate and demodulate the signal, the rectification unit 78, the clock extraction unit 82, the modulation / demodulation unit 86, etc. 14 functionally includes a control unit 88 for controlling 14 operations. The control unit 88 performs control to store the predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication device 12 and transmits the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 74 to the modulation / demodulation unit 86. On the other hand, basic control such as control of reflecting and returning the response wave F as the response wave F from the antenna unit 74 is executed based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84. FIG. 7 is a plan view showing the appearance of the article tag 16, and FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the article tag 16. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the article tag 16 includes an antenna unit 92 such as a dipole antenna for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the wireless tag communication device 12, and the antenna unit 92. And an IC circuit section 94 for processing the received signal. The IC circuit unit 94 functionally includes the rectifying unit 78, the power supply unit 80, the clock extraction unit 82, the memory unit 84, the modulation / demodulation unit 86, and the control unit 88 described above. Similarly to 76, the control for storing the predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 92 are transmitted to the modem unit 86 in the above manner. Based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84, the control unit performs basic control such as control to reflect the reflected wave from the antenna unit 92 as the response wave F after modulation.
[0068] 前記場所タグ 14は、好適には、図 6に示すように所定の電源装置 90を外付けで備 えており、前記 IC回路部 76は、斯カる電源装置 90から電力の供給を受けるための 電極を備えている。また、前記 IC回路部 76の電源部 80は、整流部 78により整流さ れた質問波 Fのエネルギの他に、その電源装置 90から供給されるエネルギを電源と して用い得るように構成されている。すなわち、前記場所タグ 14は、好適には、所定 の電源装置 90を備え、その電源装置 90から供給されるエネルギにより作動するセミ ノッシブタグ乃至はアクティブタグである。また、前記場所タグ 14に備えられたアンテ ナ部 74は、前記物品タグ 16に備えられたアンテナ部 92よりも大きいものとされている 。これらの構成により、前記場所タグ 14の通信可能距離は、前記物品タグ 16の通信 可能距離よりも大きいものとされている。なお、前記物品タグ 16は、前記無線タグ通 信装置 12から送信される質問波 Fを作動のためのエネルギとして用いるパッシブタ グである。 The location tag 14 preferably includes a predetermined power supply device 90 as shown in FIG. 6, and the IC circuit unit 76 supplies power from the power supply device 90. It has an electrode for receiving. Further, the power supply unit 80 of the IC circuit unit 76 is configured so that the energy supplied from the power supply device 90 can be used as the power supply in addition to the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78. ing. That is, the place tag 14 is preferably a semi-nositive tag or an active tag that includes a predetermined power supply device 90 and operates by energy supplied from the power supply device 90. The antenna portion 74 provided in the place tag 14 is larger than the antenna portion 92 provided in the article tag 16. With these configurations, the communicable distance of the place tag 14 is larger than the communicable distance of the article tag 16. The article tag 16 is a passive tag that uses the interrogation wave F transmitted from the wireless tag communication device 12 as energy for operation.
[0069] 図 9は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12の制御部 42による前記無線タグ 14、 16の検出 制御を説明するフローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるものである。 この制御では、先ず、図 11に詳しく示すステップ (以下、ステップを省略する) SA おいて、前記場所タグ 14の読み取り制御が実行される。次に、図 12に詳しく示す SB において、前記物品タグ 16の読み取り制御が実行される。次に、 SCにおいて、 SA 及び SBにて読み取られた情報の関連付け制御が実行された後、本ルーチンが終了 させられる。 FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining the detection control of the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. In this control, first, the reading control of the location tag 14 is executed in a step SA shown in detail in FIG. 11 (hereinafter, step is omitted) SA. Next, in the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12, the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed. Next, in SC, SA And after the association control of the information read by the SB is executed, this routine is terminated.
[0070] 図 10は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12による前記無線タグ 14、 16からの情報の読み 取りについて説明する図である。上述した図 9及びこの図 10に示すように、前記無線 タグ通信装置 12は、前記場所タグ 14との間の情報の通信と、前記物品タグ 16との間 の情報の通信とを交互に行うものである。すなわち、先ず、前記場所タグ 14との間で 情報の通信を行うために、その場所タグ 14が返信信号を返信すべきコマンドとして例 えばロケーションコードを抽出するためのタグ種別フラグが「1」であるコマンドを含む 質問波 Fを送信して、前記場所タグ 14との間で情報の通信を行った後、前記物品タ グ 16との間で情報の通信を行うために、その物品タグ 16が返信信号を返信すべきコ マンドとして例えば物品コードを抽出するためのタグ種別フラグが「0」であるコマンド を含む質問波 Fを送信して、前記物品タグ 16との間で情報の通信を行う。このように することで、前記場所タグ 14と物品タグ 16とで別々に通信処理を行うことができ、そ れら場所タグ 14のデータ及び物品タグ 16のデータを相互に関連付けることができる FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining reading of information from the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the wireless tag communication device 12. As shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 described above, the RFID tag communication device 12 alternately performs communication of information with the place tag 14 and communication of information with the article tag 16. Is. That is, first, in order to communicate information with the location tag 14, the tag type flag for extracting the location code is “1” as a command for the location tag 14 to send back a reply signal. After transmitting a question wave F including a certain command and communicating information with the place tag 14, the article tag 16 is connected to the article tag 16 in order to communicate information. As a command for returning a reply signal, for example, a query wave F including a command whose tag type flag for extracting an article code is “0” is transmitted, and information is communicated with the article tag 16. . By doing so, the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 can separately perform communication processing, and the data of the place tag 14 and the data of the article tag 16 can be correlated with each other.
[0071] 図 11に示す前記場所タグ 14の読み取り制御では、先ず、 SA1において、前記場 所タグ 14の IDをリストアップする「Ping(l)」処理が実行される。この処理は、タグ IDの 一部を指定し、指定された IDを含む全てのタグ力ゝらの返信を受ける所謂「Ping」コマ ンドを、タグ IDの先頭が「1」であることを指定して使用するものである。この処理を用 いることで、通信範囲内に複数の場所タグ 14が存在する場合でも、全ての場所タグ 1 4をリストアップすることが可能とされる。次に、 SA2において、 SA1にて前記場所タ グ 14がリストアップされた力否かが判断される。この SA2の判断が否定される場合に は、それをもって図 9に示すメインルーチンへ復帰させられる力 SA2の判断が肯定 される場合には、 SA3において、前記アンテナ 34により受信された前記場所タグ 14 からの返信信号が前記受信部 40により処理され、前記場所タグ 14に記憶されたロケ ーシヨンコードが抽出される。次に、 SA4において、 SA3にて抽出されたロケーション コードに基づいて前記場所タグ 14のロケーション及び前記場所タグ 14に対する無線 タグ通信装置 12自身のロケーションが決定された後、図 9に示すメインルーチンへ復 帰させられる。 In the reading control of the location tag 14 shown in FIG. 11, first, in SA1, “Ping (l)” processing for listing the ID of the location tag 14 is executed. This process specifies a part of the tag ID, specifies the so-called “Ping” command that receives all tag power replies including the specified ID, and specifies that the tag ID starts with “1”. To use. By using this processing, it is possible to list all the location tags 14 even if there are a plurality of location tags 14 within the communication range. Next, in SA2, it is determined whether or not the place tag 14 is listed in SA1. If the determination of SA2 is negative, the force that can be returned to the main routine shown in FIG. 9 accordingly. If the determination of SA2 is positive, the location tag 14 received by the antenna 34 is determined in SA3. The response signal from the receiver is processed by the receiver 40, and the location code stored in the location tag 14 is extracted. Next, in SA4, the location of the place tag 14 and the location of the wireless tag communication device 12 itself with respect to the place tag 14 are determined based on the location code extracted in SA3, and then the main routine shown in FIG. Recovery Be brought back.
[0072] 図 12に示す前記物品タグ 16の読み取り制御では、先ず、 SB1において、前記物 品タグ 16の IDをリストアップする「Ping(0)」処理が実行される。この処理は、前記「Ping 」コマンドを、タグ IDの先頭が「0」であることを指定して使用するものである。この処理 を用いることで、通信範囲内に複数の物品タグ 16が存在する場合でも、全ての物品 タグ 16をリストアップすることが可能とされる。次に、 SB2において、 SB1にて前記物 品タグ 16がリストアップされた力否かが判断される。この SB2の判断が否定される場 合には、それをもって図 9に示すメインルーチンへ復帰させられる力 SB2の判断が 肯定される場合には、 SB3において、前記アンテナ 34により受信された前記物品タ グ 16からの返信信号が前記受信部 40により処理され、前記物品タグ 16に記憶され た物品コードが抽出される。次に、 SB4において、 SB3にて抽出された物品コードが リストアップされた後、図 9に示すメインルーチンへ復帰させられる。 In the reading control of the article tag 16 shown in FIG. 12, first, in SB1, “Ping (0)” processing for listing the ID of the article tag 16 is executed. This process uses the “Ping” command by designating that the head of the tag ID is “0”. By using this processing, it is possible to list all the article tags 16 even when there are a plurality of article tags 16 within the communication range. Next, in SB2, it is determined whether or not the product tag 16 is listed in SB1. If the determination of SB2 is negative, the force to be returned to the main routine shown in FIG. 9 is determined. The reply signal from the group 16 is processed by the receiving unit 40, and the article code stored in the article tag 16 is extracted. Next, in SB4, after the article codes extracted in SB3 are listed, the process returns to the main routine shown in FIG.
[0073] 前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記場所タグ 14及び物品タグ 16との間で情報の通 信を行うことにより、所定の基準位置に対する前記場所タグ 14の位置を判定すると共 に、その場所タグ 14の位置に基づいて前記基準位置に対する前記無線タグ通信装 置 12及び物品タグ 16の位置を判定する。図 9の SCに示す関連付け制御は、前記基 準位置に対する前記場所タグ 14の位置及び物品タグ 16の位置を相互に関連付け る制御であり、そのように関連付けられた情報は、前記無線 LAN通信部 46を介して サーバ 96の記憶装置 98に記憶される。 [0073] The wireless tag communication device 12 determines the position of the place tag 14 with respect to a predetermined reference position by communicating information between the place tag 14 and the article tag 16, and Based on the position of the place tag 14, the positions of the wireless tag communication device 12 and the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position are determined. The association control indicated by SC in FIG. 9 is a control for associating the position of the place tag 14 and the position of the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position, and the information thus associated is the wireless LAN communication unit. It is stored in the storage device 98 of the server 96 through 46.
[0074] 図 13は、複数の場所タグ 14及び物品タグ 16の相対位置関係を例示する図であり 、倉庫や図書館内において物品 20m、 20ηを管理する態様について説明している。 この態様では、場所 Αを示すためのロケーションコード「Loc A」が記憶された場所タ グ 14aがその場所 Aに、場所 Bを示すためのロケーションコード「Loc B」が記憶された 場所タグ 14bがその場所 Bに、場所 Cを示すためのロケーションコード「Loc C」が記 憶された場所タグ 14cがその場所 Cにそれぞ; ^立置固定に設けられている。また、物 品 20mを管理するための物品コード「Mat MJが記憶された物品タグ 16mが貼り付け られたその物品 20mが上記場所 Aに設置されると共に、物品 20ηを管理するための 物品コード「Mat NJが記憶された物品タグ 16ηが貼り付けられたその物品 20ηが上 記場所 B及び場所じの中ほどに設置されて 、る。 FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating the relative positional relationship between the plurality of place tags 14 and the article tag 16, and describes an aspect in which the articles 20m and 20η are managed in a warehouse or a library. In this mode, the location tag 14a storing the location code “Loc A” for indicating the location Α is stored in the location A, and the location tag 14b storing the location code “Loc B” for indicating the location B is stored. In place B, a place tag 14c in which a location code “Loc C” for indicating place C is stored is provided in place C; In addition, an article code for managing the article 20m “the article 20m to which the article tag 16m storing the Mat MJ is attached is installed at the location A and the article code for managing the article 20η” Product tag with Mat NJ stored 16η It is installed in the middle of location B and location.
[0075] 前記無線タグ通信装置 12による検出制御では、好適には、先ず、前記場所タグ 14 の情報読み取り制御を行うことにより、所定の基準位置に対する前記場所タグ 14の 位置及び前記無線タグ通信装置 12の位置を判定した後、前記物品タグ 16の情報読 み取り制御を行い、直前に検出された場所タグ 14の位置に基づいて前記基準位置 に対する前記物品タグ 16の位置を判定する。ここで、好適には、複数の前記場所タ グ 14から返信信号が受信された場合には、信号強度検出部である前記 RSSI回路 7 2により検出される信号強度に基づいて前記基準位置に対する物品タグ 16の位置を 判定するものである。例えば、図 14に示すように、前記場所タグ 14の情報読み取り 制御によりロケーションコード「Loc Ajが記憶された場所タグ 14aから信号強度「10」 の返信があった後、前記物品タグの情報読み取り制御により「Mat M」の物品コードが 読み出された場合、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は場所 Aに近い位置に存在し、その「 Mat M」の物品コードが記憶された物品タグ 16mもまた、場所 Aに近い位置に配設さ れているものと判定される。また、前記場所タグ 14の情報読み取り制御によりロケ一 シヨンコード「Loc B」が記憶された場所タグ 14bから信号強度「3」の返信があると共に 、ロケーションコード「Loc C」が記憶された場所タグ 14cから信号強度「5」の返信があ つた後、前記物品タグの情報読み取り制御により「Mat N」の物品コードが読み出され た場合、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は場所 B及び場所 Cの間における場所 C寄りの位 置に位置に存在し、その「Mat N」の物品コードが記憶された物品タグ 16ηもまた、場 所 Β及び場所 Cの間における場所 Cよりの位置に配設されているものと判定される。こ のロケーション決定にっ 、ては、図 26等を用いて後述する。 [0075] In the detection control by the wireless tag communication device 12, preferably, by first performing information reading control of the place tag 14, the position of the location tag 14 with respect to a predetermined reference position and the wireless tag communication device After determining the position of 12, the information reading control of the article tag 16 is performed, and the position of the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position is determined based on the position of the place tag 14 detected immediately before. Here, preferably, when reply signals are received from a plurality of the location tags 14, the article with respect to the reference position is based on the signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72, which is a signal strength detection unit. The position of tag 16 is determined. For example, as shown in FIG. 14, the information reading control of the article tag is performed after a reply of the signal strength “10” is received from the location tag 14a storing the location code “Loc Aj” by the information reading control of the location tag 14. When the article code of “Mat M” is read out by the above, the RFID tag communication device 12 exists at a position close to the place A, and the article tag 16m in which the article code of “Mat M” is stored is also stored in the place It is determined that it is located near A. In addition, the location tag 14b in which the location code “Loc B” is stored by the information reading control of the location tag 14 returns a signal strength “3” and the location tag in which the location code “Loc C” is stored. When the article code of “Mat N” is read by the information reading control of the article tag after the signal strength “5” is returned from 14c, the RFID tag communication device 12 is connected between the location B and the location C. An article tag 16η that is present at a position near the place C and stores the article code of “Mat N” is also disposed between the place C and the place C from the place C. It is determined that This location determination will be described later with reference to FIG.
[0076] 図 15は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12の制御部 42による前記基準位置に対する前記 場所タグ 14の位置及び物品タグ 16の位置を相互に関連付けて記憶する登録制御 を説明するフローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるものである。この 制御では、先ず、前述した図 11に詳しく示す SAにおいて、前記場所タグ 14の読み 取り制御が実行される。次に、前述した図 12に詳しく示す SBにおいて、前記物品タ グ 16の読み取り制御が実行される。次に、前述した SCにおいて、 SA及び SBにて読 み取られた情報の関連付け制御が実行される。次に、 Slaにおいて、 SBでリストアツ プされたタグの数が nに代入され、続く Sibにおいて、 n=0であるか否かが判断され る。この Sibの判断が肯定される場合には、それをもって本ルーチンが終了させられ る力 Sibの判定が否定される場合は、 S1において、リストの n番目のタグに対して、 例えば、図 16に示すように、 SAにて読み取られたロケーションコード、 SBにて読み 取られた物品コード (タグ ID)、その物品コードに対応する物品名、及び読み取られ た日時等が前記表示部 28に相互に関連付けられて表示される。次に、 S2において 、前記操作部 30等を介してスキャン操作が行われたカゝ否かが判断される。この S2の 判断が肯定される場合には、リストを作り直すために SA以下の処理が再び実行され る力 S2の判断が否定される場合には、 S3において、前記操作部 30等を介して登 録操作が行われたカゝ否かが判断される。この S3の判断が否定される場合には、それ をもって本ルーチンが終了させられる力 S3の判断が肯定される場合には、 S4にお いて、 SCにて相互に関連付けられた前記基準位置に対する前記場所タグ 14の位置 及び物品タグ 16の位置等の情報が前記無線 LAN通信部 46等を介して前記サーバ 96の記憶装置 98に記憶 (登録)された後、 S4aにおいて、次のタグを選択する操作 が行われたカゝ否かが判断される。この S4aの判断が肯定される場合には、 S4bにお いて、 nから 1が減算された後、 Sibにおいて、リストアップされた次のタグの登録操作 が行われる。 S4aの判断が否定される場合は、 S2以降の処理が再び実行される。以 上の登録制御により、例えば、図 17に示すようなデータベース 100が前記サーバ 96 の記憶装置 98に形成される。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart for explaining registration control for storing the position of the place tag 14 and the position of the article tag 16 with respect to the reference position by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12 in association with each other. It is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. In this control, first, the reading control of the place tag 14 is executed in the SA shown in detail in FIG. Next, in the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12 described above, the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed. Next, in the SC described above, the association control of the information read by the SA and SB is executed. Next, in Sla, restore The number of tagged tags is substituted for n, and in the subsequent Sib, it is determined whether n = 0. If the determination of Sib is affirmed, the force with which this routine is terminated is determined, and if the determination of Sib is negative, in S1, for the nth tag in the list, for example, in FIG. As shown, the location code read by SA, the article code (tag ID) read by SB, the article name corresponding to the article code, the date and time of reading, etc. are mutually displayed on the display unit 28. Associated and displayed. Next, in S2, it is determined whether or not a scanning operation has been performed via the operation unit 30 or the like. If the determination of S2 is affirmed, the force to re-execute the processing below SA to re-create the list. If the determination of S2 is negative, in S3, it is registered via the operation unit 30 or the like. It is determined whether or not the recording operation has been performed. If the determination of S3 is negative, the force that causes the routine to be terminated with this determination. If the determination of S3 is affirmative, in S4, the above-mentioned reference position relative to each other in SC is determined. After information such as the position of the place tag 14 and the position of the article tag 16 is stored (registered) in the storage device 98 of the server 96 via the wireless LAN communication unit 46, the next tag is selected in S4a. It is determined whether or not the operation has been performed. If the determination in S4a is affirmative, 1 is subtracted from n in S4b, and then the registered operation for the next tag listed in Sib is performed. If the determination in S4a is negative, the processes after S2 are executed again. By the above registration control, for example, a database 100 as shown in FIG. 17 is formed in the storage device 98 of the server 96.
図 18は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12の制御部 42による前記無線タグ 14、 16の検索 制御、及びその検索結果の前記表示部 28への表示制御を説明するフローチャート であり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるものである。この制御では、先ず、 S5にお いて、所定の一覧力も検索対象である物品(物品名)が絞り込まれる。次に、 S6にお いて、 S5にて絞り込まれた物品名に対応する物品コード (タグ ID)が決定される。次 に、 S7において、前記操作部 30等を介して検索の行われる登録場所が読み込まれ る。次に、 S8において、 S7にて読み込まれた登録場所を示す画面が前記表示部 28 に表示される。図 19は、この S8において前記表示部 28に表示される画像の一例を 示している。次に、前述した図 11に詳しく示す SAにおいて、前記場所タグ 14の読み 取り制御が実行される。次に、 S9において、 SAにて読み取られたロケーションコード 力 7にて読み込まれた登録場所を示すものである力否かが判断される。この S9の 判断が否定される場合には、 SA以下の処理が再び実行される力 S9の判断が肯定 される場合には、 S10において、前記無線タグ通信装置 12が S7にて読み込まれた 登録場所に位置することを示す「ここです報知」が前記表示部 28に表示される。図 2 0は、この S10において前記表示部 28に表示される画像の一例を示しており、この画 面では、「Loc A」等の登録場所を示す欄が点滅させられると共に、画面下部に「ここ です!」という文字テロップが点滅させられる。次に、前述した図 12に詳しく示す SB において、前記物品タグ 16の読み取り制御が実行される。次に、 S11において、 SB にて読み取られた物品コードが S6にて決定された検索対象の物品を示すものである か否かが判断される。この S 11の判断が否定される場合には、 SB以下の処理が再 び実行されるが、 S11の判断が肯定される場合には、 S12において、前記無線タグ 通信装置 12が S6にて決定された検索対象である物品に接近したことを示す「これで す報知」が前記表示部 28に表示された後、本ルーチンが終了させられる。図 21は、 この S 11において前記表示部 28に表示される画像の一例を示しており、この画面で は、「物品 1」等の検索対象の物品名を示す欄が点滅させられると共に、画面下部に 「これです!」という文字テロップが点滅させられる。 FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating search control of the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12, and display control of the search results on the display unit 28, and is repeated at a predetermined cycle. Is to be executed. In this control, first, in S5, articles (article names) that are to be searched for a predetermined list power are narrowed down. Next, in S6, an article code (tag ID) corresponding to the article name narrowed down in S5 is determined. Next, in S7, the registration location where the search is performed is read via the operation unit 30 or the like. Next, in S8, a screen showing the registration location read in S7 is displayed on the display unit 28. FIG. 19 shows an example of an image displayed on the display unit 28 in S8. Next, in the SA shown in detail in FIG. 11, the reading of the location tag 14 is performed. Take control. Next, in S9, it is determined whether or not the force indicates the registered location read in the location code force 7 read in SA. If the determination in S9 is negative, the power to execute the processing below SA again. If the determination in S9 is positive, in S10, the RFID tag communication device 12 is read in S7. “Here it is” is displayed on the display unit 28, indicating that it is located. FIG. 20 shows an example of an image displayed on the display unit 28 in S10. On this screen, a column indicating a registration location such as “Loc A” is flashed, and “ The text telop “This is!” Flashes. Next, in the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12 described above, the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed. Next, in S11, it is determined whether or not the article code read in SB indicates the article to be searched determined in S6. If the determination in S11 is negative, the processing below SB is executed again. However, if the determination in S11 is positive, the wireless tag communication device 12 is determined in S6 in S12. After this “notification of this” is displayed on the display unit 28 indicating that the article that is the search target has been approached, this routine is terminated. FIG. 21 shows an example of an image displayed on the display unit 28 in S 11. On this screen, a column indicating the article name to be searched for such as “article 1” is flashed and the screen is displayed. The text telop “This is it!” Flashes at the bottom.
図 22は、前記無線タグ通信装置 12の制御部 42による位置検出制御を説明するフ ローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるものである。この制御では、先 ず、 S13において、前述したように IDをリストアップする「Ping(l)」の処理が実行される 。次に、 S 14において、前記場所タグ 14が発見されたか否力、すなわち前記場所タ グ 14から応答波 Fの返信があった力否かが判断される。この S14の判断が否定され る場合には、それをもって本ルーチンが終了させられる力 S 14の判断が肯定される 場合には、 S15において、発見された場所タグ 14は 1つである力否力、すなわち 1つ の場所タグ 14から応答波 Fの返信があつたか否かが判断される。この S 15の判断が 肯定される場合には、 S16において、前記アンテナ 34により受信された前記場所タ グ 14からの返信信号が前記受信部 40により処理され、その場所タグ 14の情報が前 記サーバ 96の記憶装置 98等に記憶された後、本ルーチンが終了させられる力 S1 5の判断が否定される場合には、 S17において、発見された場所タグ 14は 2つである か否か、すなわち 2つの場所タグ 14力も応答波 Fの返信があった力否かが判断され る。この S17の判断が否定される場合には、 S17aにおいて、発見された場所タグのう ち RSSI値の大きなものから 2つが選択された後、 SDの処理が実行される。 S17の判 断が肯定される場合には、図 23に詳しく示す SDにおいて、ロケーション決定制御が 行われる。そして、 S18において、 SDにて決定された場所(ロケーション)の情報が 前記サーバ 96の記憶装置 98等に記憶された後、本ルーチンが終了させられる。 FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining position detection control by the control unit 42 of the RFID tag communication apparatus 12, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. In this control, first, in S13, the “Ping (l)” process for listing IDs is executed as described above. Next, in S 14, it is determined whether or not the place tag 14 has been found, that is, whether or not the place tag 14 has returned the response wave F. If this determination of S14 is negative, the force with which this routine is terminated is determined. If the determination of S14 is affirmative, in S15, there is only one power tag that has been found. That is, it is determined whether or not a response wave F is returned from one place tag 14. If the determination of S15 is affirmative, in S16, the reply signal from the location tag 14 received by the antenna 34 is processed by the reception unit 40, and the information of the location tag 14 is described above. Force that this routine is terminated after being stored in the storage device 98 etc. of the server 96 S1 If the determination of 5 is denied, it is determined in S17 whether there are two location tags 14 found, that is, whether the two location tags 14 have the response wave F returned. The If the determination in S17 is negative, SD processing is performed after two of the found place tags having the largest RSSI value are selected in S17a. If the determination in S17 is affirmative, location determination control is performed in the SD shown in detail in FIG. In S18, the location information determined by the SD is stored in the storage device 98 of the server 96, and then this routine is terminated.
[0079] 図 23に示すロケーション決定制御は、上述した図 22に示す制御において、 2つの 場所タグ 14として、ロケーションコード「Loc B」が記憶された場所タグ 14b及びロケ一 シヨンコード「Loc Cjが記憶された場所タグ 14cが選択された場合の制御を示して ヽ る。この制御では、先ず、 SD1において、前記 RSSI回路 72により検出される前記場 所タグ 14bからの応答波 Fの受信信号強度 RSSI (B)及び場所タグ 14cからの応答 波 Fの受信信号強度 RSSI (C)に基づいて、図 23に示す(1)式から R(B)が、(2)式 力も R(C)がそれぞれ算出される。次に、 SD2において、ロケーションが「B R (B) C R (C)」と決定された後、図 22に示すメインルーチンへ復帰させられる。以上のように して決定されるロケーションは、図 24に示すように、 2つの場所タグ 14の間における 位置を表現するものであり、ロケーションコード「Loc B」が記憶された場所タグ 14bが 設置された場所力 ロケーションコード「Loc C」が記憶された場所タグ 14cが設置さ れた場所までの間の位置が「B9C1」、 「B8C2」、 「B7C3」、 · · ·、 「B3C7」、 「B2C8」、 「B 1C9」の座標でそれぞれ表されるようになつている。このように、前記無線タグ通信装 置 12は、予め定められた関係から前記 RSSI回路 72により検出される 2つの場所タ グ 14の信号強度に基づいてその無線タグ通信装置 12自身乃至は物品タグ 16等の 詳細な位置 (座標)を検出することができるのである。 [0079] The location determination control shown in FIG. 23 is the same as the control shown in FIG. 22 described above, except that the location tag 14b storing the location code "Loc B" and the location code "Loc Cj" The control when the stored location tag 14c is selected will be described.In this control, first, in SD1, the received signal strength of the response wave F from the location tag 14b detected by the RSSI circuit 72 is shown. Based on RSSI (B) and the received signal strength RSSI (C) of the response wave F from the location tag 14c, R (B) is derived from Eq. (1) and R (C) in Eq. (2). Next, after the location is determined as “BR (B) CR (C)” in SD2, the process returns to the main routine shown in FIG. The location determined as described above represents the position between the two location tags 14 as shown in FIG. 24, and the location tag 14b storing the location code “Loc B” is installed. The position between the place tag 14c where the location code “Loc C” is stored is “B9C1,” “B8C2,” “B7C3,” “B3C7”, “ It is expressed in the coordinates of “B2C8” and “B 1C9”. As described above, the RFID tag communication apparatus 12 itself or the article tag is based on the signal strength of the two place tags 14 detected by the RSSI circuit 72 from a predetermined relationship. Detailed positions (coordinates) such as 16 can be detected.
[0080] 図 25は、目的物(目的となる物品タグ 16)を特定した場合の、前記無線タグ通信装 置 12の制御部 42による前記無線タグ 14、 16の検索制御、その検索結果の前記表 示部 28への表示制御、及び前記基準位置に対する前記場所タグ 14の位置及び物 品タグ 16の位置を相互に関連付けて記憶する登録制御を説明するフローチャートで あり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるものである。この制御において、前記場所タグ 14との間で情報の通信を行うための送信信号の強度は、前記物品タグ 16との間で 情報の通信を行うための送信信号の強度よりも大きいものとされる。すなわち、先ず、 S19aにおいて、目的物が特定され、続く S19bにおいて、目的物に張られている物 品タグの IDとその目的物の場所を示す場所タグとして登録されている場所タグの ID が読み出される。次に、 S19において、前記送信部 38から送信される送信信号の強 度が比較的大きい設定「POWER=HIGH」とされる。次に、前述した図 11に詳しく示す SAにおいて、前記場所タグ 14の読み取り制御が実行される。次に、 S20において、 前記送信部 38から送信される送信信号の強度が比較的小さい設定「POWER=LOW 」とされる。次に、前述した図 12に詳しく示す SBにおいて、前記物品タグ 16の読み 取り制御が実行される。次に、 S21において、目的の場所タグ 14及び目的の物品タ グ 16が発見されたか否かが判断される。この S21の判断が肯定される場合には、 S2 2において、前述した図 20に示すような「ここです報知」が前記表示部 28に表示され 、 S23において、前述した図 21に示すような「これです報知」が前記表示部 28に表 示された後、本ルーチンが終了させられる力 S21の判断が否定される場合には、 S 24において、目的の場所タグ 14が発見されたか否かが判断される。この S24の判断 が肯定される場合には、 S25において、前述した図 20に示すような「ここです報知」 が前記表示部 28に表示された後、 S19以下の処理が再び実行される力 S24の判 断が否定される場合には、 S26において、目的の物品タグ 16が発見された力否かが 判断される。この S26の判断が否定される場合には、 S19以下の処理が再び実行さ れるが、 S26の判断が肯定される場合には、 S27において、目的場所エラーであるこ とを示す画面が前記表示部 28に表示される。図 26は、この S27において前記表示 部 28に表示される目的場所エラー画面を例示する図である。次に、 S28において、 前記サーバ 96の記憶装置 98に記憶されたデータベース 100の内容が更新される。 そして、 S29において、前述した図 21に示すような「これです報知」が前記表示部 28 に表示された後、本ルーチンが終了させられる。 FIG. 25 shows the search control of the wireless tags 14 and 16 by the control unit 42 of the wireless tag communication device 12 when the target object (target product tag 16) is specified, and the search result of the search result. FIG. 9 is a flowchart for explaining display control on the display unit 28 and registration control for storing the location of the place tag 14 and the location of the product tag 16 with respect to the reference position in association with each other, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. Is. In this control, the location tag The intensity of the transmission signal for communicating information with 14 is greater than the intensity of the transmission signal for communicating information with the article tag 16. That is, first, in S19a, the object is specified, and in subsequent S19b, the ID of the object tag attached to the object and the ID of the place tag registered as the place tag indicating the place of the object are read. It is. Next, in S19, the setting “POWER = HIGH” is set, in which the intensity of the transmission signal transmitted from the transmission unit 38 is relatively large. Next, in the SA shown in detail in FIG. 11 described above, the reading control of the location tag 14 is executed. Next, in S20, the setting “POWER = LOW” is set, in which the intensity of the transmission signal transmitted from the transmission unit 38 is relatively small. Next, in the SB shown in detail in FIG. 12 described above, the reading control of the article tag 16 is executed. Next, in S21, it is determined whether or not the target place tag 14 and the target article tag 16 have been found. If the determination in S21 is affirmative, in S22, the “here is notification” as shown in FIG. 20 described above is displayed on the display unit 28, and in S23, as shown in FIG. After the message `` This is notification '' is displayed on the display unit 28, if the judgment of S21 is negative, it is determined in S24 whether or not the target location tag 14 has been found. To be judged. If the determination in S24 is affirmative, in S25, the “here is notification” as shown in FIG. 20 described above is displayed on the display unit 28, and then the processing in S19 and subsequent steps is executed again. If the determination is negative, it is determined in S26 whether or not the target article tag 16 has been found. If the determination in S26 is negative, the processing from S19 is executed again, but if the determination in S26 is positive, a screen indicating a destination location error is displayed in S27 in S27. Is displayed at 28. FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating a destination location error screen displayed on the display unit 28 in S27. Next, in S28, the contents of the database 100 stored in the storage device 98 of the server 96 are updated. In S29, the “this is notification” as shown in FIG. 21 is displayed on the display unit 28, and then this routine is terminated.
このように、本実施例によれば、所定の基準位置に対して位置固定に設けられる第 1の無線タグ 14と、その第 1の無線タグ 14との間で情報の通信を行う無線タグ通信装 置 12とを、含み、その無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記第 1の無線タグ 14との間で情報 の通信を行うことにより、前記基準位置に対するその第 1の無線タグ 14の位置を判定 すると共に、その第 1の無線タグ 14の位置に基づ 、て前記基準位置に対する前記無 線タグ通信装置 12の位置を判定するものであることから、前記基準位置に対して無 線タグ通信装置 12が移動したとしても、前記第 1の無線タグ 14との相対位置関係か ら前記無線タグ通信装置 12の位置を好適に検出できる。すなわち、通信対象である 無線タグ 14の正確な位置を簡便に検出し得る無線タグ通信システム 10を提供するこ とがでさる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the first wireless tag 14 provided in a fixed position with respect to the predetermined reference position and the wireless tag communication for communicating information between the first wireless tag 14. Device 12, and the RFID tag communication device 12 communicates information with the first RFID tag 14. The position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position is determined by performing communication of the wireless tag communication device 12 with respect to the reference position based on the position of the first wireless tag 14. Therefore, even if the wireless tag communication device 12 is moved with respect to the reference position, the relative position of the wireless tag communication device 12 is determined based on the relative position relationship with the first wireless tag 14. The position can be detected suitably. That is, it is possible to provide the wireless tag communication system 10 that can easily detect the accurate position of the wireless tag 14 to be communicated.
[0082] また、前記基準位置に対して移動可能であり、前記無線タグ通信装置 12と情報の 通信を行う第 2の無線タグ 16を更に含み、その無線タグ通信装置 12の位置に基づ いて、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を判定するものであるた め、前記第 1の無線タグ 14に対する前記第 2の無線タグ 16の相対位置を好適に検 出できる。また、前記基準位置に対する第 1の無線タグ 14の位置を前記無線タグ通 信装置 12に予め登録しておくことで、検出された第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を手動に より登録するなどの煩雑な作業を行わずに済む。すなわち、通信対象である無線タグ の正確な位置を簡便に検出し得る無線タグ通信システムを提供することができる。 Further, the wireless tag communication device 12 further includes a second wireless tag 16 that is movable with respect to the reference position and communicates information with the wireless tag communication device 12, and is based on the position of the wireless tag communication device 12. Since the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position is determined, the relative position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the first wireless tag 14 can be suitably detected. In addition, by registering the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position in the wireless tag communication device 12 in advance, the position of the detected second wireless tag 16 can be manually registered. There is no need for complicated work. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication system that can easily detect an accurate position of a wireless tag to be communicated.
[0083] また、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグ 14の位置を記憶するための記憶 装置 98を含むものであるため、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグ 14の位 置を実用的な態様で管理することができる。 [0083] Further, since the storage device 98 for storing the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position is included, the position of the first wireless tag 14 with respect to the reference position is a practical aspect. Can be managed with.
[0084] また、前記記憶装置 98は、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を 記憶するものであるため、前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線 16タグの位置を実 用的な態様で管理することができる。 [0084] Further, since the storage device 98 stores the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position, the position of the second wireless 16 tag with respect to the reference position is practically used. It can be managed in a manner.
[0085] また、前記記憶装置 98は、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグ 14の位置 及び第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を相互に関連付けて記憶するものであるため、前記基 準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグ 14及び第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を実用的な態 様で管理することができる。 [0085] Further, the storage device 98 stores the position of the first wireless tag 14 and the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position in association with each other. The positions of the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 can be managed in a practical manner.
[0086] また、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記基準位置に対する前記第 1の無線タグ 14 の位置及び第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を表示する表示部 28を有するものであるため、 前記基準位置に対する前記第 2の無線タグ 16の位置を視覚的に確認できる。 [0087] また、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記第 1の無線タグ 14との間の情報の通信と 、前記第 2の無線タグ 16との間の情報の通信とを交互に行うものであるため、実用的 な態様で前記第 1の無線タグ 14と第 2の無線タグ 16との関連付けを行うことができる [0086] Since the wireless tag communication device 12 includes a display unit 28 that displays the position of the first wireless tag 14 and the position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the reference position, the reference The position of the second wireless tag 16 with respect to the position can be visually confirmed. The wireless tag communication device 12 alternately performs information communication with the first wireless tag 14 and information communication with the second wireless tag 16. Therefore, it is possible to associate the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 in a practical manner.
[0088] また、前記第 1の無線タグ 14との間で情報の通信を行うための送信信号の強度は、 前記第 2の無線タグ 16との間で情報の通信を行うための送信信号の強度よりも大き いものであるため、前記第 1の無線タグ 14及び第 2の無線タグ 16の間で通信範囲に 区別をつけることができる。 [0088] The strength of the transmission signal for communicating information with the first wireless tag 14 is the intensity of the transmission signal for communicating information with the second wireless tag 16. Since the strength is higher than the strength, the communication range can be distinguished between the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16.
[0089] また、前記第 1の無線タグ 14の通信可能距離は、前記第 2の無線タグ 16の通信可 能距離よりも大きいものであるため、前記第 1の無線タグ 14及び第 2の無線タグ 16の 間で通信範囲に区別をつけることができる。 Further, since the communicable distance of the first wireless tag 14 is larger than the communicable distance of the second wireless tag 16, the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 14 The communication range can be distinguished between the tags 16.
[0090] また、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記無線タグ 14、 16からの返信信号の強度を 検出する信号強度検出部である RSSI回路 72を有するものであり、複数の前記第 1 の無線タグ 14から返信信号が受信された場合には、前記 RSSI回路 72により検出さ れる信号強度に基づいて前記基準位置に対する位置を判定するものであるため、前 記基準位置に対する位置を更に確実に検出することができる。 In addition, the wireless tag communication device 12 includes an RSSI circuit 72 that is a signal strength detection unit that detects the strength of a return signal from the wireless tags 14 and 16, and includes a plurality of the first wireless communication devices. When a reply signal is received from the tag 14, the position with respect to the reference position is determined based on the signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72, so the position with respect to the reference position is more reliably detected. can do.
[0091] また、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、予め定められた関係から前記複数の前記第 1 の無線タグ 14それぞれに対応する前記 RSSI回路 72により検出される信号強度に 基づいてそれら複数の第 1の無線タグ 14相互間における前記第 2の無線タグ 16の 位置を判定するものであるため、前記基準位置に対する位置を実用的な態様で確実 に検出することができる。 Further, the wireless tag communication device 12 has a plurality of second based on signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72 corresponding to each of the plurality of first wireless tags 14 from a predetermined relationship. Since the position of the second wireless tag 16 between the wireless tags 14 is determined, the position relative to the reference position can be reliably detected in a practical manner.
[0092] また、前記第 1の無線タグ 14及び第 2の無線タグ 16は、返信信号を返信すべきコ マンドがそれぞれ別個に予め定められたものであるため、実用的な態様でそれら第 1 の無線タグ 14及び第 2の無線タグ 16の間での通信の重畳を防止できる。 [0092] Further, since the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 each have a command to which a reply signal is to be returned separately in advance, the first wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 have a practical aspect. Communication between the wireless tag 14 and the second wireless tag 16 can be prevented.
[0093] また、前記第 1の無線タグ 14は、電源装置 90を有するアクティブタグであるため、そ の第 1の無線タグ 14の通信可能距離を前記第 2の無線タグ 16の通信可能距離に比 ベて延ばすことができる。なお、上記実施例において、前記第 1の無線タグ 14は、前 記電源装置 90を有するアクティブタグによりその通信距離が大きくなるように構成し た力 前記第 1の無線タグ 14のアンテナが第 2のそれに比べて高利得であるように構 成してもょ 、ことは言うまでもな 、。 In addition, since the first wireless tag 14 is an active tag having a power supply device 90, the communicable distance of the first wireless tag 14 is set to the communicable distance of the second wireless tag 16. In comparison, it can be extended. In the above embodiment, the first wireless tag 14 is configured such that the communication distance is increased by the active tag having the power supply device 90. Needless to say, the antenna of the first wireless tag 14 may be configured to have a higher gain than that of the second.
[0094] また、前記第 2の無線タグ 16は、所定の物品 20を管理するためにその物品 20に貼 り付けられて用いられるものであるため、実用的な態様で前記物品 20の配設位置等 を管理することができる。 [0094] Further, since the second wireless tag 16 is used by being affixed to the article 20 in order to manage the predetermined article 20, the arrangement of the article 20 in a practical manner is provided. The position etc. can be managed.
[0095] 以上、本第 1発明の好適な実施例を図面に基づいて詳細に説明したが、本第 1発 明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ更に別の態様においても実施される。 The preferred embodiments of the first invention have been described above in detail with reference to the drawings. However, the first invention is not limited to these embodiments, and may be implemented in other modes.
[0096] 例えば、前述の実施例において、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、予め定められた関 係から 2つの場所タグ 14それぞれに対応する前記 RSSI回路 72により検出される信 号強度に基づいてそれら場所タグ 14相互間における直線上の位置を判定するもの であったが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ例えば、 3つ以上の場所タグ 1 4を検出することで平面的(二次元的)な位置を判定するものであってもよい。図 27は 、前記場所タグ 14が平面的に配設された様子を例示する図であり、ロケーションコー ド「Loc Al」が記憶された場所タグ 14al、ロケーションコード「Loc A2」が記憶された 場所タグ 14a2、ロケーションコード「Loc A3」が記憶された場所タグ 14a3、 · · ·、ロケ ーシヨンコード「Loc Bl」が記憶された場所タグ 14bl、ロケーションコード「Loc B2」が 記憶された場所タグ 14b2、ロケーションコード「Loc B3」が記憶された場所タグ 14b3 、 · · ·、ロケーションコード「Loc Cl」が記憶された場所タグ 14cl、ロケーションコード「 Loc C2」が記憶された場所タグ 14c2、ロケーションコード「Loc C3」が記憶された場 所タグ 14c3、…が碁盤目状に位置固定に設けられている。この態様において、図 2 8に示す位置に配設された物品 1に貼り付けられた物品タグ 16の位置を検出するに は、上記場所タグ 14a2、 14bl、 14b2それぞれに対応して前記 RSSI回路 72により 検出される信号強度に基づいて、予め定められた関係力もそれら場所タグ 14相互間 における平面上の位置を判定する。例えば、上記場所タグ 14a2に対応する受信信 号強度が A2 (3)、場所タグ 14blに対応する受信信号強度が Bl (l)、場所タグ 14b 2に対応する受信信号強度が B2 (5)であった場合には、前記物品タグ 16は、上記 場所タグ 14a2、 14b 1, 14b2相互間において、上記場所タグ 14b2に比較的近ぐ 続 ヽて場所タグ 14a2に近ぐ場所タグ 14b 1から比較的遠 、場所に位置するものと 判定される。このようにすれば、前記基準位置に対する平面的な位置を実用的な態 様で確実に検出することができる。また、 4つ以上の場所タグ 14それぞれに対応する 前記 RSSI回路 72により検出される信号強度に基づいてそれら場所タグ 14相互間に おける空間的 (三次元的)な位置を判定する態様も考えられる。 [0096] For example, in the above-described embodiment, the RFID tag communication device 12 is based on the signal strength detected by the RSSI circuit 72 corresponding to each of the two location tags 14 from a predetermined relationship. The position on the straight line between the place tags 14 is determined. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, two or more place tags 14 are detected by detecting two or more place tags 14 (two-dimensional). The target position may be determined. FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a state in which the location tag 14 is arranged in a plane, a location tag 14al storing the location code “Loc Al”, and a location storing the location code “Loc A2”. Tag 14a2, location tag 14a3 with location code "Loc A3" ... Location tag 14bl with location code "Loc Bl" Location tag 14b2 with location code "Loc B2" Location tag 14b3 where code "Loc B3" is stored, location tag 14cl where location code "Loc Cl" is stored, location tag 14c2 where location code "Loc C2" is stored, location code "Loc C3" The location tags 14c3,... Where “is stored are arranged in a grid pattern in a fixed manner. In this embodiment, in order to detect the position of the article tag 16 affixed to the article 1 disposed at the position shown in FIG. 28, the RSSI circuit 72 corresponds to each of the location tags 14a2, 14bl, 14b2. Based on the signal strength detected by the above, a predetermined relationship force also determines the position on the plane between the place tags 14. For example, the received signal strength corresponding to the location tag 14a2 is A2 (3), the received signal strength corresponding to the location tag 14bl is Bl (l), and the received signal strength corresponding to the location tag 14b2 is B2 (5). If there is, the article tag 16 is relatively close to the place tag 14b2 between the place tags 14a2, 14b 1 and 14b2, and then relatively close to the place tag 14b1 which is close to the place tag 14a2. Far away Determined. In this way, a planar position with respect to the reference position can be reliably detected in a practical manner. Further, a mode in which a spatial (three-dimensional) position between the location tags 14 is determined based on the signal intensity detected by the RSSI circuit 72 corresponding to each of the four or more location tags 14 is also conceivable. .
[0097] また、前述の実施例では、所定の基準位置に対して移動可能に設けられたノヽンデ ィリーダである無線タグ通信装置 12を用 、た通信システム 10の利用態様にっ ヽて説 明したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ所定の場所に対して位置固定に 設けられた据置式リーダを用いた通信システムにも、本発明は好適に適用されるもの である。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the usage mode of the communication system 10 using the wireless tag communication device 12 that is a non-reader reader provided to be movable with respect to a predetermined reference position will be described. As described above, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is also suitably applied to a communication system using a stationary reader provided in a fixed position with respect to a predetermined place.
[0098] また、前述の実施例において、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記無線タグ 14、 16 に関する情報を表示させるための表示部 28を一体的に備えたものであった力 前記 無線タグ通信装置 12とは別体に表示装置が備えられ、その無線タグ通信装置 12と の間で情報の遣り取りを行うことによりその表示装置に前記無線タグ 14、 16に関する 情報を表示させるものであっても構わな 、。 [0098] Further, in the above-described embodiment, the RFID tag communication device 12 is a force that is integrally provided with the display unit 28 for displaying information on the RFID tags 14 and 16. The RFID tag communication Even if the display device is provided separately from the device 12 and information is exchanged with the wireless tag communication device 12, information related to the wireless tags 14 and 16 can be displayed on the display device. Ok.
[0099] また、前述の実施例において、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、前記無線タグ 14、 16 を発見した際に、表示部 28の表示を変更することで発見したことを報知するものであ つたが、前記無線タグ通信装置 12に備えられた音声発生装置 32を用いて音声等に より発見を報知するものであっても構わな 、。 [0099] In the above-described embodiment, when the wireless tag communication device 12 discovers the wireless tags 14 and 16, the wireless tag communication device 12 notifies the discovery by changing the display on the display unit 28. However, the discovery may be notified by voice or the like using the voice generation device 32 provided in the RFID tag communication device 12.
[0100] また、前述の実施例において、前記無線タグ通信装置 12は、送受信共用のアンテ ナ 34を備えたものであつたが、前記搬送波 Fを送信するための送信アンテナと、前 記応答波 Fを受信するための受信アンテナとを、それぞれ別個に備えたものであつ ても構わない。また、複数のアンテナ素子を備え、フェイズドアレイ処理等によりそれ らのアンテナ素子カゝら構成されるアンテナの指向性を制御し得る態様も考えられる。 [0100] In the above-described embodiment, the RFID tag communication apparatus 12 includes the antenna 34 that is used for both transmission and reception. However, the transmission antenna for transmitting the carrier wave F and the response wave described above are used. A receiving antenna for receiving F may be provided separately. Further, a mode is also conceivable in which a plurality of antenna elements are provided and the directivity of the antenna constituted by these antenna element covers can be controlled by phased array processing or the like.
[0101] また、前述の実施例において、前記場所タグ 14は、所定の電源装置 90を有するァ クティブタグであった力 斯カる電源装置 90を有しな!/、パッシブタグであってもよ 、。 また、前記物品タグ 16が電源装置を有するアクティブタグであっても構わな 、。 [0101] Further, in the above-described embodiment, the place tag 14 does not have the powerful power supply device 90 which is an active tag having the predetermined power supply device 90! Yo ... The article tag 16 may be an active tag having a power supply device.
[0102] また、前述の実施例において、前記データベース 100は、前記無線タグ通信装置 1 2とは別体として設けられたものであった力 このデータベース 100は、前記無線タグ 通信装置 12に内蔵されたものであっても構わない。また、前記データベース 100は、 必ずしも設けられなくともよい。 [0102] Further, in the above-described embodiment, the database 100 is a force provided separately from the wireless tag communication device 12. It may be built in the communication device 12. Further, the database 100 is not necessarily provided.
[0103] その他、一々例示はしないが、本第 1発明はその趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内におい て種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。 [0103] In addition, although not illustrated one by one, the first invention is implemented with various modifications within a range not departing from the gist thereof.
[0104] 続いて、本発明の他の好適な実施例を図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。なお、以 下の説明にお 、て実施例相互に共通する部分にっ 、ては同一の符号を付してその 説明を省略する。 [0104] Next, another preferred embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the following description, portions common to the embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
実施例 2 Example 2
[0105] 図 29は、本第 3発明の一実施例である無線タグ通信システム 110 (以下、通信シス テム 110と称する)を説明する図である。この通信システム 110は、同様に本第 2発明 の一実施例である無線タグ通信装置 112と、その無線タグ通信装置 112の通信対象 である互いに信号領域の異なる複数種類(図 29では 2種類)の無線タグ 14、 16と力 ら構成される所謂 RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)システムであり、上記無線タ グ通信装置 112はその RFIDシステムの質問器として、上記無線タグ 14、 16は応答 器としてそれぞれ機能する。すなわち、上記無線タグ通信装置 112から送信信号で ある質問波 Fが上記無線タグ 14、 16に向けて送信されると、その質問波 Fを受信し た上記無線タグ 14、 16において所定の情報信号 (データ)によりその質問波 Fが変 調され、返信信号である応答波 F 、F 、F 、F (以下、特に区別しない場合には単 rl r2 r3 r4 FIG. 29 is a view for explaining a radio tag communication system 110 (hereinafter referred to as communication system 110) according to an embodiment of the third invention. Similarly, the communication system 110 includes a wireless tag communication device 112 according to an embodiment of the second invention, and a plurality of types (two types in FIG. 29) having different signal areas that are communication targets of the wireless tag communication device 112. Wireless tag 14 and 16, and so-called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system, the wireless tag communication device 112 is an interrogator of the RFID system, and the wireless tags 14 and 16 are responders. Function. That is, when the interrogation wave F, which is a transmission signal, is transmitted from the radio tag communication device 112 to the radio tags 14 and 16, a predetermined information signal is transmitted in the radio tags 14 and 16 that have received the interrogation wave F. (Data) modulates the interrogation wave F, and response waves F 1, F 2, F 3, F 4, which are return signals (hereinafter, rl r2 r3 r4
に応答波 と称する)として上記無線タグ通信装置 112に向けて返信されることで、 その無線タグ通信装置 112と無線タグ 14、 16との間で情報の通信が行われる。 As a response wave), the information is communicated between the wireless tag communication device 112 and the wireless tags 14 and 16.
[0106] 上記通信システム 110は、上記無線タグ通信装置 112の通信対象として、単数乃 至は複数(図 29では 3つ)の第 1の無線タグ 16a、 16b、 16cと、同様に単数乃至は複 数(図 29では単数)の第 2の無線タグ 14とを含んで構成されている。この第 1の無線 タグ 16は、好適には、所定の物品に貼り付けられてその物品を管理するための管理 情報を有するタグであり、以下の説明では物品タグ 16と称する。また、上記第 2の無 線タグ 14は、好適には、所定の場所に位置固定に設けられてその場所を示す場所 情報を有するタグであり、以下の説明では場所タグ 14と称する。このように、本実施 例の通信システム 110は、互いに信号領域の異なる複数種類 (本実施例では 2種類 )の無線タグ 14、 16との間で情報の通信を行うものである。なお、上記第 2の無線タ グ 14すなわち場所タグ 14は、前述した第 1実施例において図 6を用いて説明したよう な構成を有するものであり、上記第 1の無線タグ 16すなわち物品タグ 16は、同じく第 1実施例において図 8を用いて説明したような構成を有するものであるため、それらの 説明は本実施例においては省略する。 [0106] The communication system 110 includes a plurality of (three in FIG. 29) first wireless tags 16a, 16b, and 16c as communication targets of the wireless tag communication device 112, and the singular or A plurality of (single in FIG. 29) second wireless tags 14 are included. The first wireless tag 16 is preferably a tag attached to a predetermined article and having management information for managing the article, and is referred to as an article tag 16 in the following description. The second radio tag 14 is preferably a tag that is provided in a fixed position at a predetermined location and has location information indicating the location, and is referred to as a location tag 14 in the following description. As described above, the communication system 110 according to the present embodiment has a plurality of types having different signal areas (two types in this embodiment). ) To communicate information with the wireless tags 14 and 16. The second wireless tag 14, that is, the place tag 14 has the configuration described with reference to FIG. 6 in the first embodiment, and the first wireless tag 16, that is, the article tag 16. Are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 8 in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted in this embodiment.
図 30は、上記無線タグ通信装置 112の構成を説明する図である。この図 30に示す ように、上記無線タグ通信装置 112は、上記物品タグ 16に対する情報の読み書きや 、その物品タグ 16や場所タグ 14の方向乃至は位置を検出するためにそれら場所タ グ 14及び物品タグ 16との間で情報の通信を行うものであり、所定の送信信号 (送信 コマンド)を生成して出力する送信コマンド生成部 118と、所定の周波数の搬送波信 号を発生させる搬送波信号発生部 120と、上記送信コマンド生成部 118から出力さ れる送信信号と上記搬送波信号発生部 120から出力される搬送波信号とを掛け合 わせることにより上記搬送波信号を上記送信コマンドに基づいて変調する変調部 12 2と、その変調部 122により変調された送信信号を増幅する増幅部 124と、その増幅 部 124により増幅された送信信号を質問波 Fとして通信対象である物品タグ 16或い は場所タグ 14に向けて送信すると共に、その質問波 Fに応じてそれら物品タグ 16或 V、は場所タグ 14から返信される応答波 Fを受信する送受信共用のアンテナ 126と、 そのアンテナ 126により受信された受信信号と上記搬送波信号発生部 120から出力 される搬送波信号とを掛け合わせることにより上記受信信号を復調する復調部 130と 、上記増幅部 124から出力される送信信号を上記アンテナ 126に供給すると共に、 そのアンテナ 126により受信された受信信号を上記復調部 130に供給する送受信分 離部 128と、上記復調部 130により復調された受信信号のうちそれぞれ所定の周波 数帯域の信号のみ通過させる複数(図 30では 2つ)のバンドパスフィルタ 132a、 132 b (以下、特に区別しない場合には単にバンドパスフィルタ 132と称する)と、それらバ ンドパスフィルタ 132a、 132bに対応して各信号領域に分割された受信信号をそれ ぞれ処理する第 1受信信号処理部 134a、第 2受信信号処理部 134b (以下、特に区 別しない場合には単に受信信号処理部 134と称する)とを、備えて構成されている。 ここで、上記送受信分離部 128としては、サーキユレータ若しくは方向性結合器等が 好適に用いられる。また、上記場所タグ 14及び物品タグ 16が返信を行う際には、上 記搬送波が無変調の搬送波信号として送信され、上記物品タグ 16もしくは場所タグ 14で前記搬送波信号を変調したものが返信信号となる。 FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the RFID tag communication apparatus 112 described above. As shown in FIG. 30, the wireless tag communication device 112 reads / writes information from / to the product tag 16 and detects the location tag 14 and the location tag 14 in order to detect the direction or position of the product tag 16 or the location tag 14. The unit communicates information with the article tag 16, and generates and outputs a predetermined transmission signal (transmission command), and a carrier signal generation that generates a carrier signal of a predetermined frequency. Modulation that modulates the carrier signal based on the transmission command by multiplying the transmission signal output from the transmission unit 120 and the transmission command generation unit 118 by the carrier signal output from the carrier signal generation unit 120. Unit 122, an amplifying unit 124 that amplifies the transmission signal modulated by the modulating unit 122, and an article tag 1 that is a communication target using the transmission signal amplified by the amplifying unit 124 as a query wave F 6 or the place tag 14, and in response to the interrogation wave F, the article tag 16 or V receives the response wave F returned from the place tag 14 and a transmission / reception antenna 126, The demodulator 130 that demodulates the received signal by multiplying the received signal received by the antenna 126 and the carrier signal output from the carrier signal generator 120, and the transmission signal output from the amplifier 124 A transmission / reception demultiplexing unit 128 that supplies the received signal received by the antenna 126 to the demodulating unit 130, and a received signal demodulated by the demodulating unit 130, each having a predetermined frequency band. A plurality of (two in FIG. 30) bandpass filters 132a and 132b (hereinafter simply referred to as the bandpass filter 132 unless otherwise specified) that allow only the signal to pass. First received signal processing unit 134a and second received signal processing unit 134b that respectively process the received signals divided into signal regions corresponding to the pass-pass filters 132a and 132b (hereinafter, unless otherwise specified) Simply referred to as a received signal processing unit 134). Here, as the transmission / reception separating unit 128, a circulator or a directional coupler is used. Preferably used. When the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 perform a reply, the carrier wave is transmitted as an unmodulated carrier signal, and the carrier signal modulated by the article tag 16 or the place tag 14 is a reply signal. It becomes.
[0108] 上記バンドパスフィルタ 132は、上記アンテナ 126により受信された受信信号のうち それぞれ所定の周波数帯域の信号のみ通過させることで、斯カるアンテナ 126により 受信された受信信号を複数の信号領域に分割するための信号分割部として機能す る。例えば、上記バンドパスフィルタ 132aは前記物品タグ 16が用いる物品タグチヤネ ルに対応しており、その物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号 (物品タグ データ)を通過させるように設定されている。これにより、上記第 1受信信号処理部 13 4aには前記物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号のみが供給され、専ら 斯カる信号の処理が行われる。また、上記バンドパスフィルタ 132bは前記場所タグ 1 4が用いる場所タグチャネルに対応しており、そのチャネルを使用する場所タグ 14か らの応答波 F [0108] The band-pass filter 132 passes only the signals of a predetermined frequency band among the reception signals received by the antenna 126, thereby allowing the reception signals received by the antenna 126 to have a plurality of signal regions. It functions as a signal divider for dividing the signal into two. For example, the bandpass filter 132a corresponds to the article tag channel used by the article tag 16, and is set so as to pass a reception signal (article tag data) corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16. Yes. Thereby, only the reception signal corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16 is supplied to the first reception signal processing unit 134a, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively. The band pass filter 132b corresponds to the location tag channel used by the location tag 14 and the response wave F from the location tag 14 using the channel F.
r4に対応する受信信号 (場所タグデータ)を通過させるように設定されて いる。これにより、上記第 2受信信号処理部 134bには前記場所タグ 14からの応答波 F に対応する受信信号のみが供給され、専ら斯カる信号の処理が行われる。 It is set to pass the received signal (location tag data) corresponding to r4. As a result, only the received signal corresponding to the response wave F from the location tag 14 is supplied to the second received signal processing unit 134b, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively.
r4 r4
[0109] 本実施例の通信システム 110の通信対象である場所タグ 14に含まれる制御部 88 は、前記無線タグ通信装置 112と通信を行うことにより前記メモリ部 84に所定の情報 を記憶する制御や、前記アンテナ部 74により受信された質問波 Fを前記変復調部 8 6にお 、て前記メモリ部 84に記憶された情報信号に基づき、場所タグチャネルに対 応する変調周波数を用いる信号として変調したうえで応答波 F として前記アンテナ r4 The control unit 88 included in the place tag 14 that is a communication target of the communication system 110 of the present embodiment performs control to store predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the wireless tag communication device 112. Further, the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 74 is modulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 86 as a signal using the modulation frequency corresponding to the location tag channel based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84. And the antenna r4 as the response wave F
部 74から反射返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。また、前記場所タグ 14 は、前述した図 6に示すように、所定の電源装置 90を備えており、上記電源部 80は、 整流部 78により整流された質問波 Fのエネルギの他に、その電源装置 90から供給 されるエネルギを電源として用い得るように構成されている。この電源装置 90は、好 適には、上記 IC回路部 76とは別体として外付けで備えられている。すなわち、前記 場所タグ 14は、所定の電源装置 90を備え、その電源装置 90から供給されるェネル ギにより作動するセミパッシブタグである。また、好適には、斯カる場所タグ 14は、前 記無線タグ通信装置 112から送信される全ての送信コマンドに対して返信信号を返 信するものである。 Basic control such as control of reflection return from unit 74 is executed. Further, as shown in FIG. 6 described above, the location tag 14 is provided with a predetermined power supply device 90. The power supply unit 80 includes the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78 in addition to the energy of the interrogation wave F. The energy supplied from the power supply device 90 can be used as a power supply. The power supply device 90 is preferably provided externally as a separate body from the IC circuit unit 76. In other words, the place tag 14 is a semi-passive tag that includes a predetermined power supply device 90 and that is operated by energy supplied from the power supply device 90. Preferably, the location tag 14 returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication apparatus 112. To believe.
[0110] また、本実施例の通信システム 110の通信対象である物品タグ 16に含まれる制御 部 88は、前記無線タグ通信装置 112と通信を行うことにより前記メモリ部 84に所定の 情報を記憶する制御や、前記アンテナ部 74により受信された質問波 Fを前記変復 調部 86において前記メモリ部 84に記憶された情報信号に基づき、物品タグチャネル に対応する変調周波数を用いる信号として変調したうえで応答波 Fとして前記アンテ ナ部 74から反射返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。また、好適には、斯か る物品タグ 16は、前記無線タグ通信装置 112から送信される送信コマンドのうち所定 のコマンドに対して返信信号を返信するものである。 In addition, the control unit 88 included in the article tag 16 that is a communication target of the communication system 110 of the present embodiment stores predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication device 112. And the interrogation wave F received by the antenna unit 74 is modulated as a signal using the modulation frequency corresponding to the article tag channel based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84 in the transformation modulation unit 86. Then, basic control such as control of reflecting and returning the response wave F from the antenna unit 74 is executed. Preferably, the article tag 16 returns a response signal to a predetermined command among the transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 112.
[0111] 前記場所タグ 14及び物品タグ 16は、前記変復調部 86を介して周波数変調により 前記無線タグ通信装置 112との間で情報の通信を行う。図 31は、前記場所タグ 14 及び物品タグ 16による変調に用いられる変調周波数を示す周波数スペクトラムの一 例であり、 f は前記物品タグ 16による変調に用いられる変調周波数を、 f は前記場 The location tag 14 and the article tag 16 communicate information with the wireless tag communication device 112 by frequency modulation via the modulation / demodulation unit 86. FIG. 31 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the place tag 14 and the article tag 16, f is a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag 16, and f is the field.
pO pi pO pi
所タグ 14による変調に用いられる変調周波数をそれぞれ示している。すなわち、 f Each modulation frequency used for modulation by the station tag 14 is shown. I.e. f
θ が物品タグチャネルを示しており、 f が場所タグチャネルを示している。前記無線タ θ represents the article tag channel and f represents the location tag channel. The wireless tag
i i
グ通信装置 112から送信される質問波 Fが変調された場合、それぞれの変調周波 数に対応し質問波 Fの周波数を中心として上下に 1対のサイドバンド信号 (側波帯信 号)が形成される。図 32は、周波数 fである質問波 Fが図 31に示す変調周波数によ り変調された場合における応答波 Fの搬送波 f及びサイドバンド信号を示す周波数 スペクトラムであり、 f 士 f が前記物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fを、 f 士 f が前記場所 When the interrogation wave F transmitted from the communication device 112 is modulated, a pair of sideband signals (sideband signals) are formed in the vertical direction around the frequency of the interrogation wave F corresponding to each modulation frequency. Is done. FIG. 32 is a frequency spectrum showing the carrier wave f and the sideband signal of the response wave F when the interrogation wave F having the frequency f is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG. 31. Response wave F from 16 f and f
c pO r c pi c pO r c pi
タグ 14からの応答波 Fを示している。また、前記場所タグ 14の変調周波数の方が物 品タグ 16の変調周波数より高くなり、ぉ互 、が重ならな 、ようになって 、る。 Response wave F from tag 14 is shown. In addition, the modulation frequency of the location tag 14 is higher than the modulation frequency of the product tag 16 so that they do not overlap each other.
[0112] 図 33は、上記通信システム 110で使用される主搬送波 Fと応答波 Fとの関係を示 す図である。前記物品タグ 16は、タイミング T1では物品タグ 16aが応答し、タイミング T2では物品タグ 16bが応答し、タイミング T3では物品タグ 16cが応答するというよう に、通信のタイミング毎に応答する物品タグ 16を無線タグ通信装置 112から送信す る送信コマンドによって選択する。場所タグ 14は、送信コマンドの内容によらず、全て の送信コマンドに対して返答を行うため、全てのタイミングにおいて f 士 f の周波数 FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the relationship between the main carrier F and the response wave F used in the communication system 110. The article tag 16 responds at every communication timing, such as the article tag 16a responds at timing T1, the article tag 16b responds at timing T2, and the article tag 16c responds at timing T3. The selection is made by a transmission command transmitted from the wireless tag communication device 112. The place tag 14 responds to all transmission commands regardless of the contents of the transmission command, so the frequency of f / f at all timings.
c pi スペクトラムを持つ応答波が発生する。 c pi A response wave with a spectrum is generated.
[0113] 図 34は、本実施例の通信システム 110の実用的な利用の形態について説明する 図である。この図 34に示すように、前記場所タグ 14は、所定の室 154に対して位置 固定に設けられてその室 154内における場所を示す場所情報を有するタグであり、 前記物品タグ 16は、斯カる室 154内に設置された物品にそれぞれ貼り付けられてそ れらの物品を管理するための管理情報を有するタグである。ここでは、第 1巻から第 4 巻までの 4冊の本及びファイル 1からファイル 3までの 3つのファイルそれぞれに物品 タグ 16が貼り付けられた態様を示しており、上記室 154内には、ぞれぞれ異なる識別 符号 (ID)を有する 7つの物品タグ 16が配設されている。 FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a practical use form of the communication system 110 of the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 34, the location tag 14 is a tag that is provided in a fixed position with respect to a predetermined chamber 154 and has location information indicating a location in the chamber 154. The article tag 16 These tags are attached to articles installed in the kara-room 154 and have management information for managing those articles. Here, the article tag 16 is shown attached to each of the four books from the first volume to the fourth volume and the three files from the file 1 to the file 3, respectively. Seven article tags 16 each having a different identification code (ID) are arranged.
[0114] 前記無線タグ通信装置 112は、好適には、上記室 154に対して移動可能に設けら れた携帯式無線タグ通信装置 (ハンディリーダ)であり、利用者は前記無線タグ通信 装置 112を携帯し、その無線タグ通信装置 112の表示部 156 (図 34では拡大して示 している)に表示される画面を参照しながら前記場所タグ 14乃至は物品タグ 16の検 出を行う。また、前記通信システム 110には、前記物品タグ 16に関する情報を記憶 するためのデータベース 158が備えられており、前記無線タグ通信装置 112は、図 示しない所定のインターフェイスを介してそのデータベース 158に対する情報の読み 書きが可能とされている。 The wireless tag communication device 112 is preferably a portable wireless tag communication device (handy reader) provided so as to be movable with respect to the chamber 154, and a user can use the wireless tag communication device 112. The place tag 14 or the article tag 16 is detected while referring to a screen displayed on the display unit 156 (enlarged in FIG. 34) of the RFID tag communication device 112. Further, the communication system 110 is provided with a database 158 for storing information related to the article tag 16, and the RFID tag communication device 112 receives information on the database 158 via a predetermined interface (not shown). It is possible to read and write.
[0115] 図 35は、上記データベース 158に記憶された前記物品タグ 16の IDとそれら物品タ グ 16により管理される物品の管理情報との関係を示す図である。この図 35に示すよ うに、上記データベース 158には、 IDが「145604」である物品タグ 16が「本第 4卷」に 貼られており「2004/10/01 10:20」に前記室 154に「有る」ことが確認されたといった情 報が記憶できるようになつている。前記無線タグ通信装置 112は、同時に受信された 複数種類の無線タグからの受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものである。例え ば、所定の物品タグ 16が検出されると同時に前記室 154に対して位置固定に設けら れた前記場所タグ 14が検出された場合、それら物品タグ 16それぞれの IDである名 称情報 (管理情報)と、前記場所タグ 14の IDであるエリア情報 (場所情報)とを相互に 関連付けて処理する。これにより、前記室 154に対して位置固定に設けられた場所タ グ 14によりその室 154に対する無線タグ通信装置 112の位置が検出され、同時に検 出される物品タグ 16の位置を検出することでそれら物品タグ 16の正確な位置を検出 することができ、そのように関連付けられた情報を上記データベース 158に記憶する ことで、前記室 154内の物品を好適に管理することができる。 FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the relationship between the ID of the article tag 16 stored in the database 158 and the management information of the article managed by the article tag 16. As shown in FIG. 35, in the database 158, an article tag 16 with an ID “145604” is affixed to “this fourth basket”, and the room 154 is placed in “2004/10/01 10:20”. It is now possible to memorize information that it has been confirmed that there is “is”. The wireless tag communication device 112 processes received signals from a plurality of types of wireless tags received at the same time in association with each other. For example, when the place tag 14 provided in a fixed position with respect to the chamber 154 is detected at the same time when a predetermined article tag 16 is detected, the name information (ID) of each of the article tags 16 ( Management information) and area information (location information) which is the ID of the location tag 14 are processed in association with each other. As a result, the position of the RFID tag communication device 112 with respect to the room 154 is detected by the place tag 14 provided in a fixed position with respect to the room 154. By detecting the position of the article tag 16 to be issued, the exact position of the article tag 16 can be detected, and by storing the information associated with the tag in the database 158, the article in the chamber 154 is stored. Can be suitably managed.
[0116] 図 36は、前記無線タグ通信装置 112による図 34の実施形態に対応する物品リスト 表示制御を説明するフローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるもので ある。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart for explaining the article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 34 by the RFID tag communication apparatus 112, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
[0117] 先ず、ステップ SA100 (以下、ステップを省略する)において、 i= lが設定される。 [0117] First, in step SA100 (hereinafter step is omitted), i = l is set.
次に、 SA101において、物品リストの i番目にある IDが選択され、前記送信コマンド 生成部 118により「Scroll ID」コマンドを表す送信コマンドが生成され、前記変調部 12 2及び増幅部 124等を介して前記アンテナ 126から質問波 Fとして前記場所タグ 14 及び物品タグ 16に向けて送信される。この「Scroll ID」コマンドは、指定された IDを有 するタグに対して返信を要求するコマンドである。次に、 SA102において、前記場所 タグ 14乃至は物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fの返信があつたか否かが判断される。この SA102の判断が否定される場合には、 SA105乃至 SA108の動作を飛ばし、 SA1 09以下の処理が実行されるが、 SA102の判断が肯定される場合、すなわち前記場 所タグ 14乃至は物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fの返信があつたと判断される場合には、 SA105において、応答波!^の返信信号力も得られた前記場所タグ 14、物品タグ 16 それぞれの IDの名称情報が前記データベース 158から取得される。次に、 SA106 において、取得された IDの名称リストが作成されると共に、前記場所タグ 14の情報が 前記表示部 156に表示される。次に、 SA107において、前記データベース 158の更 新操作が行われた力否かが判断される。この SA107の判断が否定される場合には、 SA109以下の処理が実行される力 SA107の判断が肯定される場合には、 SA10 8にお 、て、前記場所タグ 14の情報及び記憶された IDリストが関連付けられて前記 データベース 158へ送信された後、 SA109以下の処理が実行される。 SA109では 、 i番目の IDが物品リストの最後である力否かが判断される。この SA109の判断が否 定される場合には、 SA110において、 iに 1が加算された後、 SA101以下の処理が 実行される力 SA109の判断が肯定される場合には、それをもって本ルーチンが終 了させられる。 [0118] このように、本実施例によれば、前記場所タグ 14及び物品タグ 16からの受信信号 を別々の信号領域に分割するための信号分割部として機能するバンドパスフィルタ 1 32を有することから、互いに信号領域の異なる複数種類の無線タグ 14、 16との間で 同時に情報の通信を行うことができ、通信信号の重畳や通信エラーの増加といった 弊害を防止できる。すなわち、複数種類の無線タグ 14、 16との間で好適に通信を行 V、得る無線タグ通信装置 112を提供することができる。 Next, in SA101, the i-th ID in the article list is selected, and the transmission command generation unit 118 generates a transmission command representing a “Scroll ID” command, and the modulation unit 122, the amplification unit 124, etc. Then, the antenna 126 transmits the interrogation wave F toward the place tag 14 and the article tag 16. This “Scroll ID” command is a command for requesting a reply to a tag having a specified ID. Next, in SA102, it is determined whether or not a response wave F is returned from the place tag 14 or the article tag 16. If the determination of SA102 is negative, the operation of SA105 to SA108 is skipped and the processing from SA109 is executed, but if the determination of SA102 is affirmative, that is, the location tag 14 to the article tag. When it is determined that the response wave F from 16 has been returned, in SA105, the name information of the IDs of the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 from which the response signal! ^ Obtained from. Next, in SA106, a name list of the acquired IDs is created, and information on the location tag 14 is displayed on the display unit 156. Next, in SA107, it is determined whether or not the database 158 has been updated. When the determination of SA107 is denied, the power to execute the processing after SA109 is confirmed. When the determination of SA107 is affirmed, the information of the location tag 14 and the stored ID are stored in SA108. After the list is associated and transmitted to the database 158, the processing following SA109 is executed. In SA109, it is determined whether or not the i-th ID is the last item in the article list. If the determination at SA109 is denied, then at SA110, 1 is added to i, and then the power to execute the processing after SA101. If the determination at SA109 is affirmative, this routine is used accordingly. It will be terminated. Thus, according to the present embodiment, the band pass filter 1 32 that functions as a signal dividing unit for dividing the received signals from the place tag 14 and the article tag 16 into different signal regions is provided. Therefore, information can be communicated simultaneously with a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 having different signal areas, and adverse effects such as overlapping of communication signals and an increase in communication errors can be prevented. That is, it is possible to provide a wireless tag communication device 112 that can perform communication between a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 V.
[0119] また、前記バンドパスフィルタ 132は、それぞれ機能が異なる複数種類の無線タグ 1 4、 16からの受信信号を機能別に複数の信号領域に分割するものであるため、互い に機能の異なる複数種類の無線タグ 14、 16との間で同時に情報の通信を行うことが できる。 [0119] Further, the band-pass filter 132 divides received signals from a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 having different functions into a plurality of signal areas according to functions, and thus a plurality of functions having mutually different functions. Information can be communicated simultaneously with various types of wireless tags 14 and 16.
[0120] また、前記通信システム 110は、互いに信号領域の異なる複数種類の無線タグ 14 、 16との間で情報の通信を行うものであることから、通信信号の重畳や通信エラーの 増加といった弊害を防止できる。すなわち、複数種類の無線タグとの間で好適に通 信を行 、得る通信システム 110を提供することができる。 [0120] In addition, since the communication system 110 performs information communication with a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 having different signal areas, there is an adverse effect such as superimposition of communication signals and an increase in communication errors. Can be prevented. In other words, it is possible to provide a communication system 110 that suitably performs communication with a plurality of types of wireless tags.
[0121] また、前記複数種類の無線タグ 14、 16は、互いに変調周波数が異なるものである ため、実用的な態様で前記複数種類の無線タグ相互の信号領域に区別をつけられ る。 [0121] Further, since the plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 16 have different modulation frequencies, the signal areas of the plurality of types of wireless tags can be distinguished from each other in a practical manner.
[0122] また、前記無線タグ 14、 16は、周波数変調により前記無線タグ通信装置 112との 間で情報の通信を行うものであるため、通信信号の重畳を実用的な態様で防止でき る。 In addition, since the wireless tags 14 and 16 perform information communication with the wireless tag communication device 112 by frequency modulation, it is possible to prevent communication signals from being superimposed in a practical manner.
[0123] また、前記場所タグ 14は、前記無線タグ通信装置 112から送信される全ての送信 コマンドに対して返信信号を返信するものであるため、前記複数種類の無線タグ 14、 [0123] Further, since the location tag 14 returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 112, the plurality of types of RFID tags 14,
16との間で好適に同時通信を行うことができる。 It is possible to preferably perform simultaneous communication with 16.
[0124] また、前記場所タグ 14は、電源装置 90を有するセミパッシブタグであるため、変調 周波数が高い場合であっても安定した通信が可能とされる。 [0124] Further, since the location tag 14 is a semi-passive tag having the power supply device 90, stable communication is possible even when the modulation frequency is high.
[0125] また、前記無線タグ通信装置 112は、同時に受信された複数種類の無線タグ 14、 1[0125] The wireless tag communication device 112 can receive a plurality of types of wireless tags 14 and 1 received simultaneously.
6からの受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものであるため、前記複数種類の無 線タグ 14、 16を用いて複合的な情報処理を行うことができる。 [0126] また、前記場所タグ 14は、所定の場所に位置固定に設けられてその場所を示す場 所情報を有するタグであるため、実用的な態様で場所に関する情報を取得すること ができる。 Since the received signals from 6 are processed in association with each other, complex information processing can be performed using the plurality of types of radio tags 14 and 16. [0126] Further, since the location tag 14 is a tag that is provided in a fixed location at a predetermined location and has location information indicating the location, information on the location can be acquired in a practical manner.
[0127] また、前記物品タグ 16は、所定の物品に貼り付けられてその物品を管理するため の管理情報を有するタグであるため、実用的な態様で物品の管理情報を取得するこ とがでさる。 [0127] Further, since the article tag 16 is a tag that is attached to a predetermined article and has management information for managing the article, the article management information can be acquired in a practical manner. I'll do it.
実施例 3 Example 3
[0128] 図 37は、本第 2発明及び第 3発明の他の実施例における利用の形態について説 明する図である。この態様では、複数(図 37では 2つ)の場所タグ 17が同数の領域に 仕切られた棚 160内においてそれぞれの領域に位置固定に設けられており、対象と なる物品タグ 16は、紙面向かって左側の領域 Aに配設されている。また、紙面向かつ て右側の領域 Bには、対象外の物品タグ W が配設されている。この物品タグ W は、図 8を用いて前述した物品タグ 16と同様の構成を有するものである。また、上記 場所タグ 17は、後述する図 41に示す構成を有するものである。ここで、上記棚 160 内に位置固定に設けられた 2つの場所タグ 17は、それぞれ領域 A、領域 Bを示す場 所情報を持っており、前記無線タグ通信装置 112は、同時に受信された前記物品タ グ 16及び場所タグ 17からの受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものである。これ により、対象である物品タグ 16と同時に検出される場所タグ 17の有する場所情報を 参照することで、その物品タグ 16が領域 A及び領域 Bの何れに存在するかを検出す ることができるのである。 [0128] Fig. 37 is a diagram for explaining the mode of use in another embodiment of the second invention and the third invention. In this embodiment, a plurality of (two in FIG. 37) place tags 17 are provided in fixed positions in the respective areas in the shelf 160 partitioned into the same number of areas, and the target article tag 16 faces the page. Are arranged in the region A on the left side. In addition, in the region B on the right side of the page, an unapplicable article tag W is arranged. This article tag W has the same configuration as the article tag 16 described above with reference to FIG. The location tag 17 has a configuration shown in FIG. 41 described later. Here, the two place tags 17 provided in a fixed position in the shelf 160 have place information indicating the areas A and B, respectively, and the RFID tag communication device 112 receives the above-mentioned information received at the same time. The received signals from the article tag 16 and the place tag 17 are processed in association with each other. Thus, by referring to the location information of the location tag 17 detected at the same time as the target product tag 16, it is possible to detect whether the product tag 16 exists in the region A or the region B. It is.
[0129] 図 39は、図 37における無線タグ通信装置 162の構成を説明する図である。この図 39に示すように、本実施例の無線タグ通信装置 162は、前記復調部 130から出力さ れる復調された受信信号をディジタル信号に変換する AZD変換部 164と、その AZ D変換部 164によりディジタル信号に変換された受信信号を処理する DSP (Digital S ignal Processor) 166とを、備えて構成されている。 FIG. 39 is a view for explaining the configuration of the RFID tag communication apparatus 162 in FIG. As shown in FIG. 39, the RFID tag communication apparatus 162 according to the present embodiment includes an AZD conversion unit 164 that converts the demodulated reception signal output from the demodulation unit 130 into a digital signal, and the AZ D conversion unit 164. And a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) 166 for processing the received signal converted into a digital signal.
[0130] 上記 DSP166は、 CPU, ROM,及び RAM等から成り、 RAMの一時記憶機能を 利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行う所謂マイクロ コンピュータシステムであり、前述した信号分割制御及び信号処理制御等を実行す る。すなわち、上記無線タグ通信装置 162において、前述したバンドパスフィルタ 13 2及び受信信号処理部 134は、上記 DSP166に機能的に含まれるものであり、信号 分割部として機能するバンドパスフィルタ 132は、ディジタル信号処理により前記受 信信号を複数の信号領域に分割するものである。 [0130] The DSP 166 is a so-called microcomputer system that includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like and performs signal processing according to a program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM. And execute signal processing control, etc. The That is, in the RFID tag communication apparatus 162, the bandpass filter 132 and the received signal processing unit 134 described above are functionally included in the DSP 166, and the bandpass filter 132 functioning as a signal dividing unit is a digital The received signal is divided into a plurality of signal areas by signal processing.
[0131] 上記バンドパスフィルタ 132は、上記アンテナ 126により受信された受信信号のうち それぞれ所定の周波数帯域の信号のみ通過させることで、斯カるアンテナ 126により 受信された受信信号を複数の信号領域に分割するための信号分割部として機能す る。例えば、上記バンドパスフィルタ 132aは前記物品タグ 16が用いる物品タグチヤネ ルに対応しており、その物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号 (物品タグ データ)を通過させるように設定されている。これにより、上記第 1受信信号処理部 13 4aには前記物品タグ 16からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号のみが供給され、専ら 斯カる信号の処理が行われる。また、上記バンドパスフィルタ 132bは前記場所タグ 1 7が用いる第 1場所タグチャネルに対応しており、そのチャネルを使用する場所タグ 1 7からの応答波!^に対応する受信信号 (第 1場所タグデータ)を通過させるように設定 されている。これにより、上記第 2受信信号処理部 134bには前記第 1場所タグチヤネ ルを使用する場所タグ 17からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号のみが供給され、専ら 斯カる信号の処理が行われる。また、上記バンドパスフィルタ 132cは前記場所タグ 1 7が用いる第 2場所タグチャネルに対応しており、そのチャネルを使用する場所タグ 1 7からの応答波!^に対応する受信信号 (第 2場所タグデータ)を通過させるように設定 されている。これにより、上記第 3受信信号処理部 134cには前記第 2場所タグチヤネ ルを使用する場所タグ 17からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号のみが供給され、専ら 斯カる信号の処理が行われる。また、上記バンドパスフィルタ 132dは前記場所タグ 1 7が用いる第 3場所タグチャネルに対応しており、そのチャネルを使用する場所タグ 1 7からの応答波^に対応する受信信号 (第 3場所タグデータ)を通過させるように設定 されている。これにより、上記第 4受信信号処理部 134dには前記第 3場所タグチヤネ ルを使用する場所タグ 17からの応答波 Fに対応する受信信号のみが供給され、専ら 斯カる信号の処理が行われる。 [0131] The band-pass filter 132 passes only a signal in a predetermined frequency band among the reception signals received by the antenna 126, thereby allowing the reception signal received by the antenna 126 to have a plurality of signal regions. It functions as a signal divider for dividing the signal into two. For example, the bandpass filter 132a corresponds to the article tag channel used by the article tag 16, and is set so as to pass a reception signal (article tag data) corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16. Yes. Thereby, only the reception signal corresponding to the response wave F from the article tag 16 is supplied to the first reception signal processing unit 134a, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively. The bandpass filter 132b corresponds to the first location tag channel used by the location tag 17 and the received signal corresponding to the response wave! ^ From the location tag 17 using the channel (first location). Tag data) is set to pass. As a result, only the received signal corresponding to the response wave F from the location tag 17 using the first location tag channel is supplied to the second received signal processing unit 134b, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively. . The bandpass filter 132c corresponds to the second location tag channel used by the location tag 17 and the received signal (second location) corresponding to the response wave! ^ From the location tag 17 using the channel. Tag data) is set to pass. As a result, only the received signal corresponding to the response wave F from the location tag 17 using the second location tag channel is supplied to the third received signal processing unit 134c, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively. . The bandpass filter 132d corresponds to the third place tag channel used by the place tag 17 and the received signal corresponding to the response wave ^ from the place tag 17 using the channel (third place tag). Data) is set to pass. Thereby, only the received signal corresponding to the response wave F from the location tag 17 using the third location tag channel is supplied to the fourth received signal processing unit 134d, and the processing of the signal is performed exclusively. .
[0132] 図 41は、前記場所タグ 17の構成を説明する図である。この場所タグ 17は、前記場 所タグ 16と同様にアンテナ部 74及び IC回路部 76bを備えて構成されたものであり、 上述した図 8の場所タグ 16と共通する部分については同一の符号を付してその説明 を省略している。 IC回路部 76bには、チャネル決定部 53が備えられており、所定の 方法に基づいて場所タグ 17の応答波 Fに用いる場所タグチャネルを決定する。また 、 IC回路部 76bに含まれる制御部 88bは、前記無線タグ通信装置 162と通信を行う ことにより上記メモリ部 84に上記所定の情報を記憶する制御や、上記アンテナ部 74 により受信された質問波 Fを上記変復調部 86において上記メモリ部 84に記憶され た情報信号に基づき、上記のチャネル決定部 53によって決定された場所タグチヤネ ルに対応する変調周波数を用いる信号として変調したうえで応答波 Fとして上記アン テナ部 74から反射返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。また、前記場所タグ 17は、図 41に示すように、前述した外付けの電源装置 90を備えており、上記電源部 80は、整流部 78により整流された質問波 Fのエネルギの他に、その電源装置 90か ら供給されるエネルギを電源として用い得るように構成されている。すなわち、前記場 所タグ 17は、所定の電源装置 90を備え、その電源装置 90から供給されるエネルギ により作動するセミパッシブタグである。また、好適には、斯カる場所タグ 17は、前記 無線タグ通信装置 12から送信される全ての送信コマンドに対して返信信号を返信す るものである。 FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the location tag 17. This place tag 17 Similar to the location tag 16, the antenna portion 74 and the IC circuit portion 76 b are provided. The parts common to the location tag 16 in FIG. 8 described above are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. ing. The IC circuit unit 76b includes a channel determination unit 53, which determines a location tag channel to be used for the response wave F of the location tag 17 based on a predetermined method. In addition, the control unit 88b included in the IC circuit unit 76b performs control for storing the predetermined information in the memory unit 84 by communicating with the RFID tag communication device 162, and the question received by the antenna unit 74. Based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 84 in the modulation / demodulation unit 86, the wave F is modulated as a signal using the modulation frequency corresponding to the location tag channel determined by the channel determination unit 53, and then the response wave F As a result, basic control such as control of reflecting back from the antenna unit 74 is executed. Further, as shown in FIG. 41, the location tag 17 includes the above-described external power supply device 90. The power supply unit 80 includes, in addition to the energy of the interrogation wave F rectified by the rectification unit 78, The energy supplied from the power supply device 90 can be used as a power supply. That is, the location tag 17 is a semi-passive tag that includes a predetermined power supply device 90 and operates by energy supplied from the power supply device 90. Preferably, the location tag 17 returns a response signal to all transmission commands transmitted from the RFID tag communication apparatus 12.
前記物品タグ 16及び場所タグ 17は、前記変復調部 86を介して周波数変調により 前記無線タグ通信装置 162との間で情報の通信を行う。図 42は、前記物品タグ 16 及び場所タグ 17による変調に用いられる変調周波数を示す周波数スペクトラムの一 例であり、 f は前記物品タグ 16による変調に用いられる変調周波数を、 f は前記場 The article tag 16 and the place tag 17 communicate information with the wireless tag communication device 162 by frequency modulation via the modulation / demodulation unit 86. FIG. 42 is an example of a frequency spectrum showing a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag 16 and the location tag 17, where f is a modulation frequency used for modulation by the article tag 16, and f is the field.
pO pi 所タグ 17によって第 1場所タグチャネルが変調に用いられる場合の変調周波数を、 f The modulation frequency when the first location tag channel is used for modulation by pO pi location tag 17 is
P P
は前記場所タグ 17によって第 2場所タグチャネルが変調に用いられる場合の変調 Is modulated by the location tag 17 when the second location tag channel is used for modulation.
2 2
周波数を、 f は前記場所タグ 17によって第 3場所タグチャネルが変調に用いられる Where f is the third location tag channel used for modulation by location tag 17
p3 p3
場合の変調周波数を、それぞれ示している。つまり, f が物品タグチャネルを示してThe modulation frequency in each case is shown. That is, f indicates the item tag channel
θ θ
おり、 f が第 1場所タグチャネルを、 f が第 2場所タグチャネルを、 f が第 3場所タグ pi p2 p3 F is the first location tag channel, f is the second location tag channel, f is the third location tag pi p2 p3
チャネルを示している。前記無線タグ通信装置 162から送信される質問波 Fが周波 数変調により変調された場合、それぞれの変調周波数に対応し質問波 Fの周波数 を中心として 1対のサイドバンド信号 (側波帯信号)が形成される。図 43は、周波数 fe である質問波 Fが図 42に示す変調周波数により変調された場合における応答波 F の搬送波 f及びサイドバンド信号を示す周波数スペクトラムであり、 f ±f が前記物 c c ρθ 品タグ 16力もの応答波 Fを、 f ±f 、 f ±f 、 f ±f が前記タグ 17からの応答波 F r c pi c p2 c p3 r を示している。このように、場所タグ 17の変調周波数の方が物品タグ 16の変調周波 数より高くなり、ぉ互 、が重ならな 、ようになって!/、る。 Shows the channel. When the interrogation wave F transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 162 is modulated by frequency modulation, the frequency of the interrogation wave F corresponding to each modulation frequency A pair of sideband signals (sideband signals) is formed around FIG. 43 is a frequency spectrum showing the carrier wave f and the sideband signal of the response wave F when the interrogation wave F having the frequency f e is modulated by the modulation frequency shown in FIG. 42, and f ± f is the object cc ρθ Product tag 16 response waves F, f ± f, f ± f, f ± f indicate response waves F rc pi c p2 c p3 r from the tag 17. In this way, the modulation frequency of the place tag 17 is higher than the modulation frequency of the article tag 16, so that they do not overlap each other!
[0134] 図 44は、上記通信システム 110で使用される主搬送波 Fと応答波 Fとの関係を示 す図である。前記物品タグ 16は、タイミング T1では物品タグ 16aが応答し、タイミング T2では物品タグ 16bが応答し、タイミング T3では物品タグ 16cが応答するというよう に、通信のタイミング毎に応答する物品タグ 16を無線タグ通信装置 162から送信す る送信コマンドによって選択する。場所タグ 17は、送信コマンドの内容によらず、全て の送信コマンドに対して返答を行う。このとき、場所タグ 17による変調に用いられる変 調周波数は、好適には、各々の場所タグ 17毎に異なる態様で周波数ホッピングされ る。例えば、前述したように、前記場所タグ 17においては、チャネル決定部 53によつ て定められたチャネルに従って変調周波数が決まり、 f ±f 、 f ±f 、 f ±f の何れ c pi c p2 c p3 かのサイドバンド信号が発生させられるが、図 44に示すように、場所タグ 17aは、タイ ミング T1では第 1場所タグチャネルを使用し、タイミング T2では第 3場所タグチャネル を使用し、タイミング T3では第 2場所タグチャネルを使用する。また、場所タグ 17bは 、タイミング T1では第 2場所タグチャネルを使用し、タイミング T2では第 1場所タグチ ャネルを使用し、タイミング T3では第 3場所タグチャネルを使用する。すなわち、前記 場所タグ 14aからの応答波 F と、場所タグ 14bからの応答波 F は、擬似ランダム記 ra rb FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the relationship between the main carrier F and the response wave F used in the communication system 110. The article tag 16 responds at every communication timing, such as the article tag 16a responds at timing T1, the article tag 16b responds at timing T2, and the article tag 16c responds at timing T3. Selection is made by a transmission command transmitted from the RFID tag communication device 162. Location tag 17 responds to all transmission commands regardless of the contents of the transmission command. At this time, the modulation frequency used for modulation by the location tag 17 is preferably frequency hopped in a different manner for each location tag 17. For example, as described above, in the location tag 17, the modulation frequency is determined according to the channel determined by the channel determination unit 53, and any of f ± f, f ± f, and f ± f is selected. As shown in Figure 44, location tag 17a uses the first location tag channel at timing T1 and uses the third location tag channel at timing T2, as shown in Figure 44. T3 uses the second location tag channel. The location tag 17b uses the second location tag channel at timing T1, uses the first location tag channel at timing T2, and uses the third location tag channel at timing T3. That is, the response wave F from the location tag 14a and the response wave F from the location tag 14b are pseudo-random
号に基づいて周波数ホッピングしており、互いに衝突する確率が非常に小さいため、 それらの応答波 Fに含まれる変調に関する信号をそれぞれ独立して取り出すことが できる。なお、図 44では、変調により形成される 1対のサイドバンド信号のうち一方( 上側波)のみを示している。 Since the frequency hopping is based on the signal and the probability of collision with each other is very small, the signals related to the modulation included in these response waves F can be extracted independently. In FIG. 44, only one (upper side wave) of a pair of sideband signals formed by modulation is shown.
[0135] 図 38は、前記無線タグ通信装置 162による図 37の実施形態に対応する物品リスト 表示制御を説明するフローチャートであり、既に IDの判っている探索目的のタグの位 置を知るために実行されるものである。 [0136] 先ず、 SB101において、前記送信コマンド生成部 118により「Scroll ID」コマンドを 表す送信信号が生成され、前記変調部 122及び増幅部 124等を介して前記アンテ ナ 126から質問波 Fとして前記棚 160に向けて送信される。この「Scroll ID」コマンド は、指定された IDを有するタグに対して返信を要求するコマンドである。次に、 SB10 2において、対象物品を示す物品タグ 16から応答波 Fが返信されたか否かが判断さ れる。この SB102の判断が否定される場合には、 SB101以下の処理が再び実行さ れるが、 SB102の判断が肯定される場合には、 SB102aにおいて、場所タグ 17の ID を正しく検出できたかどうかを判定する。複数の場所タグ 17が同じ場所タグチャネル を使っている場合には、場所タグ 17の IDが正しく受信できなくなるので、場所タグの 使用チャネルが重なっていないかの判定が可能になる。この SB102aの判定が否定 される場合は、 SB101以下の処理が再び実行される力 SB102aの判定が肯定され る場合には、場所タグ 17が正しく検出できていると判断され、 SB103において、対象 となる物品タグ 16力もの応答と同時に検出された場所タグ 14の RSSI (Received Sign al Strength Indicator)値が図示しない前記無線タグ通信装置 162の RAM等に記憶 される。次に、 SB104において、前記棚 160の領域 Aにおける RSSIの方が領域 Bに おける RSSIよりも大き 、か否かが判断される。この SB104の判断が肯定される場合 には、 SB105において、対象物品を示す物品タグ 16は前記棚 160の領域 Aにある 旨の情報が前記表示部 156に表示された後、本ルーチンが終了させられる力 SB1 04の判断が否定される場合には、 SB106において、対象物品を示す物品タグ 16は 前記棚 160の領域 Bにある旨の情報が前記表示部 156に表示された後、本ルーチ ンが終了させられる。 FIG. 38 is a flowchart for explaining the article list display control corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 37 by the wireless tag communication device 162, in order to know the position of the tag for search whose ID is already known. Is to be executed. First, in the SB 101, a transmission signal representing a “Scroll ID” command is generated by the transmission command generation unit 118, and the antenna 126 transmits the interrogation wave F as the interrogation wave F via the modulation unit 122, the amplification unit 124, and the like. Sent to shelf 160. This “Scroll ID” command is a command for requesting a reply to a tag having a specified ID. Next, in SB102, it is determined whether or not a response wave F is returned from the article tag 16 indicating the target article. If the determination of SB102 is denied, the processing after SB101 is executed again, but if the determination of SB102 is affirmed, it is determined whether or not the ID of location tag 17 has been correctly detected in SB102a. To do. If multiple location tags 17 use the same location tag channel, the location tag 17 ID cannot be received correctly, so it is possible to determine whether the location tag usage channels overlap. If this determination of SB102a is negative, the power to execute the processing after SB101 again.If the determination of SB102a is affirmative, it is determined that the location tag 17 has been correctly detected. The RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) value of the place tag 14 detected simultaneously with the response of the article tag 16 is stored in the RAM or the like of the RFID tag communication device 162 (not shown). Next, in SB104, it is determined whether or not the RSSI in the region A of the shelf 160 is larger than the RSSI in the region B. If the determination of SB104 is affirmed, in SB105, information indicating that the item tag 16 indicating the target item is in region A of the shelf 160 is displayed on the display unit 156, and then this routine is terminated. If the determination of the force SB104 is denied, in SB106, the information indicating that the item tag 16 indicating the target item is in the region B of the shelf 160 is displayed on the display unit 156, and then this routine is executed. Is terminated.
[0137] このように、本実施例によれば、前記無線タグ 16、 17からの受信信号をディジタル 信号に変換する AZD変換部 164を有し、信号分割部として機能する前記バンドパ スフィルタ 132は、ディジタル信号処理によりその受信信号を複数の信号領域に分割 するものであるため、ディジタル信号処理を用いることで、フィルタバンクや FIR (Finit e Impulse Response)フィルタを用いた周波数分解等が可能となる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the bandpass filter 132 having the AZD conversion unit 164 that converts the received signals from the wireless tags 16 and 17 into digital signals and functions as a signal dividing unit is provided. Since the received signal is divided into a plurality of signal regions by digital signal processing, the use of digital signal processing enables frequency decomposition using a filter bank or FIR (Finite Impulse Response) filter. .
[0138] また、前記無線タグ 17は、複数の変調周波数のうち何れかの変調周波数を選択し て返信に用いる周波数ホッピングを行うものであるため、通信信号の重畳を好適に防 止でき、通信を正しく成り立たせることができる。 [0138] Further, since the wireless tag 17 selects one of a plurality of modulation frequencies and performs frequency hopping used for reply, it is preferable to prevent communication signals from being superimposed. Communication can be established correctly.
実施例 4 Example 4
図 40は、本第 2発明及び第 3発明の更に別の実施例である無線タグ通信装置 168 の構成を説明する図である。この図 40に示すように、本実施例の無線タグ通信装置 168は、前記送信コマンド生成部 118から出力される送信信号と前記搬送波信号発 生部 120から出力される変調信号とを掛け合わせることにより前記送信信号をそれぞ れ変調する複数(図 40では 3つ)の変調部 122a、 122b, 122c (以下、特に区別しな い場合には単に変調部 122と称する)と、それら複数の変調部 122によりそれぞれ変 調された送信信号の位相を制御する複数(図 40では 3つ)の送信位相制御部 170a 、 170b, 170c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に送信位相制御部 170と称する) と、それら複数の送信位相制御部 170によりそれぞ; ^立相が制御された送信信号の 振幅を制御する複数(図 40では 3つ)の送信振幅制御部 172a、 172b, 172c (以下 、特に区別しない場合には単に送信振幅制御部 172と称する)と、それら複数の送信 振幅制御部 172によりそれぞれ増幅された送信信号を質問波 Fとして通信対象であ る物品タグ 16或いは場所タグ 17に向けて送信すると共に、その質問波 Fに応じてそ れら物品タグ 16或いは場所タグ 17から返信される応答波 Fを受信する送受信共用 の複数(図 40では 3本)のアンテナ素子 174a、 174b, 174c (以下、特に区別しない 場合には単にアンテナ素子 174と称する)と、それら複数のアンテナ素子 174により それぞれ受信された受信信号の位相を制御する複数(図 40では 3つ)の受信位相制 御部 176a、 176b, 176c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に受信位相制御部 17 6と称する)と、上記複数の送信振幅制御部 172から出力される送信信号を各アンテ ナ素子 174に供給すると共に、それらアンテナ素子 174によりそれぞれ受信された受 信信号を上記複数の受信位相制御部 176に供給する複数(図 40では 3つ)の送受 信分離部 128a、 128b, 128c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に送受信分離部 1 28と称する)と、上記複数の受信位相制御部 176によりそれぞれ位相が制御された 受信信号の振幅を制御する複数(図 40では 3つ)の受信振幅制御部 178a、 178b, 178c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に受信振幅制御部 178と称する)と、それら 複数の受信振幅制御部 178によりそれぞれ増幅された受信信号と前記搬送波信号 発生部 120から出力される変調信号とを掛け合わせることにより前記受信信号を復 調する複数(図 40では 3つ)の復調部 130a、 130b, 130c (以下、特に区別しない場 合には単に復調部 130と称する)とを、備えて構成されている。 FIG. 40 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of an RFID tag communication apparatus 168 that is still another embodiment of the second and third inventions. As shown in FIG. 40, the RFID tag communication apparatus 168 of the present embodiment multiplies the transmission signal output from the transmission command generation unit 118 and the modulation signal output from the carrier wave signal generation unit 120. A plurality of (three in FIG. 40) modulators 122a, 122b, and 122c (hereinafter simply referred to as modulators 122 unless otherwise specified) that modulate the transmission signal, and the plurality of modulations A plurality of (three in FIG. 40) transmission phase control units 170a, 170b, 170c that control the phase of the transmission signal modulated by unit 122 (hereinafter, simply referred to as transmission phase control unit 170 unless otherwise distinguished) ) And a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) transmission amplitude control units 172a, 172b, 172c (hereinafter referred to as “the transmission phase control unit 170”) that controls the amplitude of the transmission signal whose phase is controlled. Unless otherwise distinguished, the transmission amplitude control unit 172 is simply used. The transmission signals amplified by the plurality of transmission amplitude control units 172 are transmitted as interrogation waves F to the article tag 16 or the location tag 17 to be communicated, and in response to the interrogation waves F. A plurality of antenna elements 174a, 174b, 174c (three in FIG. 40) for receiving and receiving the response wave F returned from the product tag 16 or the place tag 17 (hereinafter, unless otherwise distinguished, are simply used). Antenna elements 174) and a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) reception phase control units 176a, 176b, 176c that control the phases of the received signals respectively received by the plurality of antenna elements 174 (hereinafter, particularly distinguished from each other). If not, it is simply referred to as a reception phase control unit 176), and the transmission signals output from the plurality of transmission amplitude control units 172 are supplied to each antenna element 174, and are also transmitted by the antenna elements 174. A plurality of (three in FIG. 40) transmission / reception separators 128a, 128b, 128c (hereinafter simply referred to as transmission / reception separators unless otherwise specified) that supply the received signals received to the plurality of reception phase controllers 176. 1), a plurality of (three in FIG. 40) reception amplitude control units 178a, 178b, 178c that control the amplitudes of the reception signals whose phases are controlled by the plurality of reception phase control units 176 (hereinafter referred to as Unless otherwise distinguished, they are simply referred to as reception amplitude control unit 178), the reception signals amplified by the plurality of reception amplitude control units 178, and the carrier signal. A plurality of (three in FIG. 40) demodulation units 130a, 130b, and 130c that demodulate the received signal by multiplying by the modulation signal output from the generation unit 120 (hereinafter simply demodulated unless otherwise distinguished) (Referred to as part 130).
[0140] 上記無線タグ通信装置 168では、上記送信位相制御部 170、送信振幅制御部 17 2、受信位相制御部 176、及び受信振幅制御部 178が指向性制御部 180を構成し ている。この指向性制御部 180は、上記複数のアンテナ素子 174から送信される送 信信号それぞれの位相を制御することで送信指向性を制御する送信フェイズドアレ ィ制御部として機能すると共に、それら複数のアンテナ素子 174により受信される受 信信号それぞれの位相を制御することで受信指向性を制御する受信フェイズドアレ ィ制御部として機能する。また、上記指向性制御部 180により位相及び振幅が制御さ れ、前記複数の復調部 130により復調された受信信号は、前記 AZD変換部 164〖こ よりディジタル信号に変換されて前記 DSP 166に入力されるようになつている。そして 、その DSP166は、前述したバンドパスフィルタ 132及び受信信号処理部 134を機 能的に備えており、ディジタル信号処理により前記受信信号を複数の信号領域に分 割すると共に、各信号領域の受信信号をそれぞれ処理する。 In the RFID tag communication apparatus 168, the transmission phase control unit 170, the transmission amplitude control unit 172, the reception phase control unit 176, and the reception amplitude control unit 178 constitute a directivity control unit 180. The directivity control unit 180 functions as a transmission phased array control unit that controls the transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements 174, and the plurality of antennas. It functions as a reception phased array control unit that controls the reception directivity by controlling the phase of each received signal received by the element 174. Also, the phase and amplitude are controlled by the directivity control unit 180, and the received signals demodulated by the plurality of demodulation units 130 are converted into digital signals by the AZD conversion unit 164 and input to the DSP 166. It is becoming. The DSP 166 functionally includes the band-pass filter 132 and the reception signal processing unit 134 described above, and divides the reception signal into a plurality of signal areas by digital signal processing, and receives the reception of each signal area. Process each signal.
[0141] 前記無線タグ通信装置 168は、例えば、前述した図 37に示す態様にて好適に用 いられる。すなわち、前記無線タグ通信装置 168は、同時に受信された複数種類の 無線タグ力 の受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものであり、例えば、前記無 線タグ通信装置 168の周囲に前記物品タグ 16、 16' 及び場所タグ 17a、 17bが配 設されている場合、それら物品タグ 16、 16' 及び場所タグ 17a、 17bから同時に受 信される受信信号を相互に関連付けて処理するものである。このようにすることで、前 記棚 160に対して位置固定に設けられた場所タグ 17a、 17bによりその棚 160に対 する無線タグ通信装置 168の位置が検出され、同時に検出される物品タグ 16、 16' の位置を検出することでそれら物品タグ 16、 16' の正確な位置を検出することがで きるのである。 The wireless tag communication device 168 is preferably used, for example, in the mode shown in FIG. 37 described above. That is, the wireless tag communication device 168 processes a plurality of types of reception signals of the wireless tag power received at the same time, and processes, for example, the article tag 16 around the wireless tag communication device 168. , 16 'and place tags 17a, 17b are arranged, the received signals received simultaneously from the article tags 16, 16' and the place tags 17a, 17b are processed in association with each other. In this way, the position of the RFID tag communication device 168 relative to the shelf 160 is detected by the place tags 17a and 17b provided in a fixed position with respect to the shelf 160, and the article tag 16 detected at the same time. By detecting the position of 16 ', it is possible to detect the exact position of the article tags 16, 16'.
[0142] このように、本実施例によれば、複数のアンテナ素子 174を備え、それら複数のァ ンテナ素子 174により受信される前記無線タグ 16、 17からの受信信号それぞれの位 相を制御することで受信指向性を制御する受信フ ィズドアレイ制御部として機能す る指向性制御部 180を有するものであるため、前記無線タグ 16、 17の方向を好適に 特定できる。 [0142] Thus, according to this embodiment, a plurality of antenna elements 174 are provided, and the phases of the received signals from the wireless tags 16 and 17 received by the plurality of antenna elements 174 are controlled. Function as a reception phased array controller that controls reception directivity. Therefore, the direction of the wireless tags 16 and 17 can be suitably specified.
[0143] また、前記複数のアンテナ素子 174から送信される送信信号それぞれの位相を制 御することで送信指向性を制御する送信フェイズドアレイ制御部として機能する指向 性制御部 180を有するものであるため、返信信号を返信し得る無線タグ 16、 17の配 設範囲を限定することができ、その方向を好適に特定できる。 [0143] Further, it has a directivity control unit 180 that functions as a transmission phased array control unit that controls the transmission directivity by controlling the phase of each transmission signal transmitted from the plurality of antenna elements 174. Therefore, it is possible to limit the arrangement range of the wireless tags 16 and 17 that can send back a reply signal, and it is possible to suitably specify the direction.
[0144] また、前記無線タグ通信装置 168の周囲に前記物品タグ 16及び場所タグ 17を配 設し、それら物品タグ 16及び場所タグ 17から同時に受信された受信信号を相互に 関連付けて処理するものであるため、前記場所タグ 17により示される場所に関する 情報を参照することで、前記物品タグ 16の貼り付けられた物品の方向を好適に検出 できる。とりわけ、前記無線タグ通信装置 168が携帯式のハンディリーダである場合 には、前記物品タグ 16がその無線タグ通信装置 168に対して移動している際にも、 前記室 154に対して位置固定に設けられた場所タグ 17との相対位置関係を参照す ることで、前記物品タグ 16の位置を確実に検出できる。 [0144] Also, the article tag 16 and the place tag 17 are arranged around the wireless tag communication device 168, and the reception signals received simultaneously from the article tag 16 and the place tag 17 are correlated and processed. Therefore, the direction of the article to which the article tag 16 is attached can be suitably detected by referring to the information regarding the place indicated by the place tag 17. In particular, when the wireless tag communication device 168 is a portable handy reader, the position of the article tag 16 is fixed relative to the chamber 154 even when the article tag 16 is moving relative to the wireless tag communication device 168. The position of the article tag 16 can be reliably detected by referring to the relative positional relationship with the place tag 17 provided in the.
[0145] 以上、本第 2発明及び第 3発明の好適な実施例を図面に基づいて詳細に説明した 力 本第 2発明及び第 3発明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ更に別の態様におい ても実施される。 [0145] The preferred embodiments of the second invention and the third invention have been described in detail with reference to the drawings. The second and third inventions are not limited to this, and are in another aspect. Even implemented.
[0146] 例えば、前述の実施例では、前記室 154等に対して移動可能に設けられたハンデ ィリーダである無線タグ通信装置 112等を用いた通信システム 110の利用態様につ いて説明したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ所定の場所に対して位置 固定に設けられた据置式リーダを用いた通信システムにも、本発明は好適に適用さ れるものである。 [0146] For example, in the above-described embodiment, the usage mode of the communication system 110 using the wireless tag communication device 112, which is a handy reader provided so as to be movable with respect to the room 154, has been described. The present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention can be suitably applied to a communication system using a stationary reader provided in a fixed position with respect to a predetermined place.
[0147] また、前述の実施例では、信号分割部としてバンドパスフィルタ 132が設けられてい たが、前記受信信号を複数の信号領域に分割し得るものであればバンドパスフィル タ 132でなくともよぐ様々な態様の信号分割部が設計に応じて適宜用いられ得るも のである。 [0147] In the above-described embodiment, the bandpass filter 132 is provided as a signal dividing unit. However, the bandpass filter 132 may not be used as long as the received signal can be divided into a plurality of signal regions. Thus, various types of signal division units can be used as appropriate according to the design.
[0148] また、前述の実施例において、前記無線タグ通信装置 112等は、送受信共用のァ ンテナ 126或いは複数のアンテナ素子 174を備えたものであった力 前記搬送波 F を送信するための送信アンテナ乃至は複数の送信アンテナ素子と、前記応答波 を 受信するための受信アンテナ乃至は複数の受信アンテナ素子とを、それぞれ別個に 備えたものであっても構わな ヽ。 [0148] In the above-described embodiment, the RFID tag communication device 112 or the like includes the antenna 126 for transmission / reception or the plurality of antenna elements 174. The carrier wave F A transmission antenna or a plurality of transmission antenna elements for transmitting a signal and a reception antenna or a plurality of reception antenna elements for receiving the response wave may be provided separately.
[0149] また、前述の実施例において、前記無線タグ通信装置 168は、送信指向性を制御 する送信フェイズドアレイ制御部及び受信指向性を制御する受信フェイズドアレイ制 御部を共に備えたものであった力 何れか一方のみを備えた態様も当然に考えられ る。 [0149] Further, in the above-described embodiment, the RFID tag communication apparatus 168 includes both a transmission phased array control unit that controls transmission directivity and a reception phased array control unit that controls reception directivity. Naturally, an aspect having only one of the two forces is also conceivable.
[0150] また、前述の実施例において、前記場所タグ 14、 17は、所定の電源装置 90を有 するセミパッシブタグであった力 斯かる電源装置 90を有しな!/、パッシブタグであつ てもよい。また、前記物品タグ 16が電源装置を有するセミパッシブタグであっても構 わない。 [0150] Further, in the above-described embodiment, the location tags 14 and 17 are semi-passive tags having the predetermined power supply device 90. They do not have the power supply device 90! / And are passive tags. May be. Further, the article tag 16 may be a semi-passive tag having a power supply device.
[0151] また、前述の実施例において、前記物品タグ 16は、 1つの変調周波数を用いるもの であったが、複数の変調周波数を選択的に使用するものであっても構わない。 [0151] In the above-described embodiment, the article tag 16 uses one modulation frequency, but may use a plurality of modulation frequencies selectively.
[0152] また、前述の実施例において、前記場所タグ 14、 17は、前記無線タグ通信装置 11 2等が送信する送信コマンドの内容によらず、常に返答を返すものであつたが、前記 場所タグ 14、 17もまた前記無線タグ通信装置 112が送信する送信コマンドの内容に 基づ!/、て返答を返すものであっても構わな!/、。 [0152] In the above-described embodiment, the location tags 14 and 17 always return a response regardless of the content of the transmission command transmitted by the wireless tag communication device 112 or the like. Tags 14 and 17 may also return replies based on the contents of transmission commands transmitted by the RFID tag communication device 112 !! /.
[0153] また、前述の実施例において、前記データベース 158は、前記無線タグ通信装置 1 12等とは別体として設けられたものであった力 このデータベース 158は、前記無線 タグ通信装置 112等に内蔵されたものであっても構わない。また、前記データベース 158は、必ずしも設けられなくともよい。 [0153] In the above-described embodiment, the database 158 is a force provided separately from the RFID tag communication device 112, etc. The database 158 is stored in the RFID tag communication device 112, etc. It may be a built-in one. The database 158 is not necessarily provided.
[0154] その他、一々例示はしないが、本第 2発明及び第 3発明はその趣旨を逸脱しない 範囲内において種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。 [0154] In addition, although not illustrated one by one, the second and third inventions are implemented with various modifications within the scope not departing from the gist thereof.
実施例 5 Example 5
[0155] 図 45は、本第 4発明の一実施例である無線タグ検出システム 210について説明す る図である。この図 45に示すように、本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 210は、通信 対象 (検出対象)である単数乃至は複数(図 45では単数)の無線タグ 212と、その無 線タグ 212に向けて所定の送信信号を送信する単数乃至は複数(図 45では単数)の 送信端末装置 214と、その送信端末装置 214により送信される送信信号に応じて上 記無線タグ 212から返信される返信信号を受信する複数(図 45では 4つ)の受信端 末装置 216a、 216b, 216c, 216d (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に受信端末 装置 216と称する)とから構成される所謂 RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)シス テムであり、上記無線タグ 212はその RFIDシステムの応答器として、上記送信端末 装置 214及び受信端末装置 216は複合的な動作により質問器としてそれぞれ機能 する。すなわち、上記送信端末装置 214から質問波 F (送信信号)が上記無線タグ 2 12に向けて送信されると、その質問波 Fを受信した上記無線タグ 212において所定 の情報信号 (データ)によりその質問波 Fが変調され、応答波 F (返信信号)として上 記受信端末装置 216に向けて返信されることで、その受信端末装置 216により通信 対象である無線タグ 212の記憶内容が読み出される。 [0155] Fig. 45 is a diagram for explaining a radio tag detection system 210 according to an embodiment of the fourth invention. As shown in FIG. 45, the wireless tag detection system 210 of the present embodiment is directed to one or more (single in FIG. 45) wireless tags 212 that are communication targets (detection targets) and the radio tags 212. Singular or plural (single in FIG. 45) for transmitting a predetermined transmission signal. A plurality of (4 in FIG. 45) receiving terminal devices 216a and 216b that receive a reply signal sent back from the wireless tag 212 in accordance with a transmission terminal device 214 and a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device 214 , 216c, 216d (hereinafter simply referred to as a receiving terminal device 216 unless otherwise distinguished), a so-called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system, and the wireless tag 212 is used as a responder of the RFID system. The transmitting terminal device 214 and the receiving terminal device 216 each function as an interrogator by a composite operation. That is, when the interrogation wave F (transmission signal) is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214 toward the radio tag 212, the radio tag 212 that has received the interrogation wave F receives the interrogation wave F by a predetermined information signal (data). By interrogating the interrogation wave F and returning it as a response wave F (reply signal) to the receiving terminal device 216, the receiving terminal device 216 reads the stored contents of the wireless tag 212 that is the communication target.
[0156] 上記無線タグ通信システム 210は、例えば、通信領域である室 218内に存在する 無線タグ 212を検出するためのシステムであり、上記送信端末装置 214及び受信端 末装置 216は、その送信端末装置 214から送信された送信信号に応じて上記無線 タグ 212から返信される返信信号を上記複数の受信端末装置 216により受信し得る ような相対位置に配設されている。例えば、図 45に示すように、上記送信端末装置 2 14が通信領域である室 218の略中央に、上記複数の受信端末装置 216がその室 2 18の四隅にそれぞれ位置固定に設けられ、その送信端末装置 214から送信された 送信信号に応じて上記無線タグ 212から返信される返信信号を何れかの受信端末 装置 216が受信し得るように構成されている。この態様において、各受信端末装置 2 16は、それぞれ指向性方向を 45° 振ることで通信領域である室 218内全域をサー チすることができ、受信指向性の振り角が比較的小さくて済むようになつている。なお 、上記無線タグ 212は、前述した第 1実施例において図 51を用いて説明した無線タ グ (物品タグ) 16と同様の構成を有するものであるため、それらの説明は本実施例に おいては省略する。 [0156] The wireless tag communication system 210 is a system for detecting, for example, a wireless tag 212 present in a room 218 that is a communication area, and the transmission terminal device 214 and the reception terminal device 216 transmit the same. The return signal sent back from the wireless tag 212 in response to the transmission signal transmitted from the terminal device 214 is arranged at a relative position so that the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 can receive it. For example, as shown in FIG. 45, the transmitting terminal device 214 is provided at a substantially center of a room 218 as a communication area, and the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 are provided at fixed positions at four corners of the room 218, respectively. Any of the receiving terminal devices 216 is configured to receive a reply signal returned from the wireless tag 212 in response to the transmission signal transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214. In this aspect, each receiving terminal device 216 can search the entire interior of the room 218 that is the communication area by swinging the directivity direction by 45 °, and the swing angle of the reception directivity can be relatively small. It ’s like that. Note that the wireless tag 212 has the same configuration as the wireless tag (article tag) 16 described with reference to FIG. 51 in the first embodiment described above, and therefore the description thereof is in this embodiment. Is omitted.
[0157] 図 46は、前記送信端末装置 214の構成を説明する図である。この図 46に示すよう に、前記送信端末装置 214は、前記無線タグ 212への送信信号に対応するコマンド ビット列を生成するコマンドビット列生成部 220と、そのコマンドビット列生成部 220に より生成されたコマンドビット列を FSK方式で符号ィ匕する FSK符号ィ匕部 222と、その FSK符号ィ匕部 222により符号ィ匕された信号を AM方式で変調して出力する AM変調 部 224と、その AM変調部 224から出力されるディジタル信号をアナログ信号に変換 する送信信号 DZA変換部 226と、所定の局発信号を出力する局部発振器 228と、 その局部発振器 228から出力される局発信号に応じて上記送信信号 DZA変換部 2 26から出力される送信信号をアップコンバートするアップコンバータ 230と、そのアツ プコンバータ 230によりアップコンバートされた送信信号を所定のゲインにて増幅す る送信信号増幅部 232と、その送信信号増幅部 232により増幅された送信信号を質 問波 Fとして送信する送信アンテナ素子 234とを、備えて構成されている。斯カゝる構 成において、上記コマンドビット列生成部 220、 FSK符号ィ匕部 222、及び AM変調 部 224は、 CPU、 ROM、及び RAM等から成り、 RAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつ つ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行う DSP (Digital Signal Pr ocessor) 236に機能的に備えられたものである。 FIG. 46 is a view for explaining the configuration of the transmission terminal device 214. As shown in FIG. 46, the transmission terminal device 214 includes a command bit string generation unit 220 that generates a command bit string corresponding to a transmission signal to the wireless tag 212, and the command bit string generation unit 220. An FSK code unit 222 that encodes the command bit string generated by the FSK method, an AM modulation unit 224 that modulates and outputs the signal encoded by the FSK code unit 222 using the AM method, and A transmission signal for converting a digital signal output from the AM modulation unit 224 into an analog signal, a DZA conversion unit 226, a local oscillator 228 for outputting a predetermined local oscillation signal, and a local oscillation signal output from the local oscillator 228 In response to the transmission signal, the upconverter 230 that upconverts the transmission signal output from the DZA converter 226, and the transmission signal amplification that amplifies the transmission signal upconverted by the upconverter 230 with a predetermined gain. And a transmission antenna element 234 that transmits the transmission signal amplified by the transmission signal amplification unit 232 as a question wave F. In such a configuration, the command bit string generation unit 220, the FSK code generation unit 222, and the AM modulation unit 224 include a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, and use a temporary storage function of the RAM. This is functionally provided in a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) 236 that performs signal processing in accordance with a program stored in advance.
図 47は、前記受信端末装置 216の構成を説明する図である。この図 47に示すよう に、前記受信端末装置 216は、前記送信端末装置 214から送信された質問波 Fに 応じて前記無線タグ 212により返信される応答波 F (返信信号)を受信するための複 数(図 47では 3つ)の受信アンテナ素子 238a、 238b, 238c (以下、特に区另 Uしない 場合には単に受信アンテナ素子 238と称する)と、所定の局発信号を出力する局部 発振器 240と、その局部発振器 240から出力される局発信号に応じて上記複数の受 信アンテナ素子 238により受信された受信信号それぞれをダウンコンバートする複数 (図 47では 3つ)のダウンコンバータ 242a、 242b, 242c (以下、特に区別しない場 合には単にダウンコンバータ 242と称する)と、それら複数のダウンコンバータ 242に よりダウンコンバートされた受信信号それぞれを所定のゲインにて増幅する複数(図 4 7では 3つ)の受信信号増幅部 244a、 244b, 244c (以下、特に区別しない場合には 単に受信信号増幅部 244と称する)と、それら複数の受信信号増幅部 244により増 幅された受信信号をそれぞれディジタル信号に変換する複数 (図 47では 3つ)の受 信信号 AZD変換部 246a、 246b, 246c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に受信 信号 AZD変換部 246と称する)と、それら複数の受信信号 AZD変換部 246により ディジタル信号に変換された受信信号を記憶する受信メモリ部 248と、その受信メモ リ部 248に記憶された受信信号を読み出して処理する DSP250とを、備えて構成さ れている。ここで、上記局所発振器 240は、所定のケーブルを介する等して前記送 信端末装置 214の局所発振器 228を用いても構わない。このようにすれば、共通の 局発信号により送受信間における搬送波周波数のずれが可及的に小さくなるという 禾 IJ点がある。 FIG. 47 is a view for explaining the configuration of the receiving terminal apparatus 216. As shown in FIG. 47, the receiving terminal device 216 receives a response wave F (reply signal) returned by the wireless tag 212 in response to the interrogation wave F transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214. Multiple receiving antenna elements 238a, 238b, and 238c (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving antenna element 238 unless otherwise specified) and a local oscillator 240 that outputs a predetermined local oscillation signal 240 And a plurality (three in FIG. 47) of down converters 242a, 242b, which down-convert each of the received signals received by the plurality of receiving antenna elements 238 according to the local oscillation signal output from the local oscillator 240. 242c (hereinafter simply referred to as downconverter 242 unless otherwise distinguished), and amplifies each of the received signals downconverted by the plurality of downconverters 242 with a predetermined gain. A number of received signal amplifiers 244a, 244b, 244c (hereinafter simply referred to as received signal amplifiers 244 unless otherwise specified) and a plurality of received signal amplifiers 244 Received signals AZD converters 246a, 246b, 246c (hereinafter simply referred to as received signal AZD converter 246 unless otherwise specified) that convert the received signals into digital signals, respectively (three in FIG. 47) And these received signals by the AZD converter 246 A reception memory unit 248 that stores a reception signal converted into a digital signal and a DSP 250 that reads and processes the reception signal stored in the reception memory unit 248 are provided. Here, the local oscillator 240 may use the local oscillator 228 of the transmission terminal device 214 via a predetermined cable or the like. In this way, the carrier frequency shift between transmission and reception becomes as small as possible due to the common local signal.
[0159] 上記 DSP250は、 CPU, ROM,及び RAM等から成り、 RAMの一時記憶機能を 利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行う所謂マイクロ コンピュータシステムであり、上記受信メモリ部 248から読み出される受信信号それぞ れに所定のウェイトを乗算することによりフェイズドアレイ処理を行う受信 PAA (Phase d Array Antenna)処理部 252と、その PAA処理部 252によりフェイズドアレイ処理さ れた受信信号を AM方式で復調して AM復調波を検出する AM復調部 254と、その AM復調部 254により復調された AM復調波を FSK方式で復号化する FSK復号部 256と、その FSK復号部 256により復号ィ匕された復号信号を解釈して前記無線タグ 212の変調に関する情報信号を読み出す返答ビット列解釈部 258と、上記 FSK復 号部 256から出力される復号信号に基づいて受信信号強度を検出する受信信号強 度検出部 260と、所望される受信指向性に基づいて上記受信メモリ部 248から読み 出される受信信号それぞれに与える PAAウェイトを算出する受信 PAAウェイト制御 部 262とを、機能的に備えている。また、上記 PAA処理部 252は、その受信 PAAゥ エイト制御部 262により算出される PAAウェイトを上記受信メモリ部 248から読み出さ れる受信信号それぞれに乗算する複数(図 47では 3つ)の受信 PAAウェイト乗算部 264a, 264b, 264c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に受信 PAAウェイト乗算部 264と称する)と、それら受信 PAAウェイト乗算部 264によりそれぞれ PAAウェイトが 乗算された受信信号を合成 (加算)して上記 AM復調部 254に供給する受信信号合 成部 266とを、備えて構成されており、前記無線タグ 212との間の通信における受信 指向性を制御する。 [0159] The DSP 250 is a so-called microcomputer system that includes a CPU, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, and performs signal processing according to a program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM. Received PAA (Phased Array Antenna) processing unit 252 that performs phased array processing by multiplying each received signal read from the signal by a predetermined weight, and the received signal subjected to phased array processing by the PAA processing unit 252 An AM demodulator 254 that detects an AM demodulated wave by demodulating using the AM system, an FSK decoder 256 that decodes an AM demodulated wave demodulated by the AM demodulator 254 using an FSK system, and a decoder Based on the decoded decoded signal output from the response bit string interpreting unit 258 that interprets the decoded decoded signal and reads out the information signal related to the modulation of the wireless tag 212, and the FSK decoding unit 256 A received signal strength detecting unit 260 that detects the received signal strength, a received PAA weight control unit 262 that calculates a PAA weight to be given to each received signal read from the received memory unit 248 based on a desired reception directivity, and Is functionally equipped. The PAA processing unit 252 multiplies each received signal read from the reception memory unit 248 by the PAA weight calculated by the received PAA weight control unit 262 (three in FIG. 47). Multiplying units 264a, 264b, 264c (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving PAA weight multiplying unit 264 unless otherwise distinguished) and received signals multiplied by PAA weights by receiving PAA weight multiplying unit 264 are combined (added). The reception signal synthesis unit 266 supplied to the AM demodulation unit 254 is configured to control reception directivity in communication with the wireless tag 212.
[0160] また、前記複数の受信端末装置 216は、 LAN等を介して所定のサーバ 268との間 で情報の送受信が可能とされており、上記返答ビット列解釈部 258により解釈された 前記無線タグ 212の変調に関する情報信号をそのサーバ 268に一元的に記憶でき るようになっている。このサーバ 268は、 CPU, ROM,及び RAM等から成り、 RAM の一時記憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理 を行う所謂マイクロコンピュータシステムであり、好適には、前記複数の受信端末装置 216の動作を制御するコントローラとして機能する。また、好適には、前記受信端末 装置 216の受信指向性制御部である受信 PAAウエイト制御部 262により制御される 受信指向性の方向に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出する処理を 行うものである。更には、前記送信端末装置 214の動作をも制御するものであっても よい。 [0160] Further, the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 can transmit and receive information to and from a predetermined server 268 via a LAN or the like, and are interpreted by the response bit string interpreting unit 258. Information signals relating to the modulation of the wireless tag 212 can be stored in the server 268 in a centralized manner. The server 268 includes a CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like, and is a so-called microcomputer system that performs signal processing in accordance with a program stored in the ROM in advance while using a temporary storage function of the RAM. It functions as a controller that controls the operation of the receiving terminal device 216. Preferably, a process of detecting the position where the wireless tag 212 exists based on a direction of reception directivity controlled by a reception PAA weight control unit 262 which is a reception directivity control unit of the reception terminal device 216 is performed. Is what you do. Furthermore, the operation of the transmission terminal device 214 may also be controlled.
図 48は、前記サーバ 268に記憶された前記複数の受信端末装置 216による前記 無線タグ 212の検出結果を例示する図である。この図 48に示すように、前記サーバ 2 68には、前記受信端末装置 216により検出された無線タグ 212の識別番号である I Dが、その検出主体である受信端末装置 216、受信指向性方向、及び受信信号強 度と関連付けられて記憶されるようになっている。すなわち、 ID「1」が、検出主体であ る受信端末装置 216aを示す識別番号「R1」、受信指向性方向「 Θ = 30」、受信信号 強度「8」と関連付けられて記憶されている。また、この ID「1」は、前記受信端末装置 216bによっても検出されたものであり、検出主体である受信端末装置 216bを示す 識別番号「R2」、受信指向性方向「 Θ =60」、受信信号強度「5」とも関連付けられて 記憶されている。前記複数の受信端末装置 216の相対位置関係は固定されている ため、このように、 ID「1」で示される無線タグ 212が複数の受信端末装置 216により 検出された場合には、図 49に示すように、その無線タグ 212の存在する位置を各受 信端末装置 216による受信指向性方向の交点の座標として求めることができる。また 、所定の無線タグ 212が 3つ以上の受信端末装置 216により検出されている場合に は、比較的受信信号強度が大きい 2つの情報を用いることで、その無線タグ 212の位 置を好適に検出することができる。例えば、図 48に示すように、 ID「2」が、前記受信 端末装置 216aにより受信信号強度「4」にて、受信端末装置 216cにより受信信号強 度「2」にて、受信端末装置 216dにより受信信号強度「8」にて検出されている場合に は、比較的受信信号強度が大きい受信端末装置 216a及び 216dによる検出情報が 用いられ、図 49に示すように、 ID「2」で示される無線タグ 212の存在する位置を各受 信端末装置 216a及び 216dによる受信指向性方向の交点の座標として求めることが できる。本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 210では、以上のようにして前記複数の受 信端末装置 216の受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262によりそれぞれ制御される受信指向 性の方向及びそれら複数の受信端末装置 216相互間の距離に基づいて前記無線 タグ 212の存在する位置を検出することができる。 FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating a detection result of the wireless tag 212 by the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 stored in the server 268. As shown in FIG. 48, in the server 268, the ID that is the identification number of the wireless tag 212 detected by the receiving terminal device 216 includes the receiving terminal device 216 that is the detection subject, the receiving directivity direction, And stored in association with the received signal strength. That is, the ID “1” is stored in association with the identification number “R1” indicating the receiving terminal device 216a that is the detection subject, the reception directivity direction “Θ = 30”, and the received signal strength “8”. The ID “1” is also detected by the receiving terminal device 216b. The identification number “R2” indicating the receiving terminal device 216b that is the detection subject, the reception directivity direction “Θ = 60”, the reception It is also stored in association with the signal strength “5”. Since the relative positional relationship between the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 is fixed, when the wireless tag 212 indicated by the ID “1” is detected by the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 in this way, FIG. As shown, the position where the wireless tag 212 exists can be obtained as the coordinates of the intersection of the reception directivity directions by each reception terminal device 216. In addition, when a predetermined wireless tag 212 is detected by three or more receiving terminal devices 216, the position of the wireless tag 212 is suitably set by using two pieces of information with relatively high received signal strength. Can be detected. For example, as shown in FIG. 48, the ID “2” is received by the receiving terminal device 216a at the received signal strength “4”, received by the receiving terminal device 216c at the received signal strength “2”, and received by the receiving terminal device 216d. When the received signal strength is detected as “8”, the detection information by the receiving terminal devices 216a and 216d having a relatively high received signal strength is displayed. As shown in FIG. 49, the position where the wireless tag 212 indicated by the ID “2” exists can be obtained as the coordinates of the intersection of the reception directivity directions by the receiving terminal devices 216a and 216d. In the wireless tag detection system 210 of the present embodiment, the direction of the reception directivity controlled by the reception PAA weight control unit 262 of the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 216 and the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 216 mutually as described above. The position where the wireless tag 212 exists can be detected based on the distance between them.
[0162] 図 50は、前記送信端末装置 214の DSP236による質問波送信制御の要部を説明 するフローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるものである。 FIG. 50 is a flowchart for explaining a main part of the interrogation wave transmission control by the DSP 236 of the transmission terminal apparatus 214, which is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
[0163] 先ず、ステップ (以下、ステップを省略する) SA201において、前記無線タグ 212か ら IDを読み出すためのコマンドである「Scroll All ID」又は「Scroll IDJに対応するコマ ンドビット列が前記コマンドビット列生成部 220により生成される。次に、 SA202にお いて、 SA201にて生成されたコマンドビット列が前記 FSK符号化部 222により FSK 方式で符号化される。次に、 SA203において、 SA202にて符号ィ匕された信号が前 記 AM変調部 224により AM方式で変調され、前記送信信号 DZA変換部 226、アツ プコンバータ 230、及び送信信号増幅部 232等を介して前記送信アンテナ素子 234 から質問波 Fとして送信される。次に、 SA204において、前記無線タグ 212の検出 を継続する力否かが判断される。この SA204の判断が肯定される場合には、 SA20 1以下の処理が再び実行される力 SA204の判断が否定される場合には、それをも つて本ルーチンが終了させられる。 [0163] First, in step (hereinafter, step is omitted) In SA201, the command bit string corresponding to "Scroll All ID" or "Scroll IDJ" which is a command for reading the ID from the wireless tag 212 is the command bit string. Generated by the generation unit 220. Next, in SA202, the command bit string generated in SA201 is encoded by the FSK method by the FSK encoding unit 222. Next, in SA203, the code is encoded by SA202. The modulated signal is modulated by the AM modulation unit 224 in the AM system, and transmitted from the transmission antenna element 234 via the transmission signal DZA conversion unit 226, the up converter 230, the transmission signal amplification unit 232, and the like. Then, it is transmitted as F. Next, in SA204, it is determined whether or not the power to continue the detection of the wireless tag 212. If the determination of SA204 is affirmed, the processing after SA201 is executed again. If the determination of the force SA204 is negative, this routine is terminated.
[0164] 図 51は、前記サーバ 268による前記受信端末装置 216を用いた無線タグ検出制 御の要部を説明するフローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り返し実行されるもので ある。 FIG. 51 is a flowchart for explaining a main part of the wireless tag detection control using the receiving terminal device 216 by the server 268, which is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle.
[0165] 先ず、 SB201において、前記受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262における受信 PAAゥヱ イトレジスタに Θ = 0 S (例えば、 Θ S = 0° )に対応する値が初期値として設定される 。次に、 SB202において、前記無線タグ 212からの応答波 Fが受信され、前記ダウ ンコンバータ 242、受信信号増幅部 244、及び受信信号 AZD変換部 246等を介し て前記受信メモリ部 248に記憶され、前記受信 PAA処理部 252でフェイズドアレイ 処理された受信信号が前記 AM復調部 254にお ヽて AM方式で復調され、更に前 記 FSK復号部 256において FSK方式で復号ィ匕された復号信号が解釈されて前記 無線タグ 212の変調に関する情報信号が正しく読み出されたか否かが判断される(こ の時点ではプリアンブル等の無線タグ 212の変調に関する一部の情報が読み出せ れば応答があつたと判断できる)。この SB202の判断が否定される場合には、 SB20 5以下の処理が実行されるが、 SB202の判断が肯定される場合には、前記受信信号 強度検出部 260の動作に対応する SB203において、前記受信メモリ部 248に記憶 された受信信号が更に読み出され、前記受信 PAA処理部 252、 AM復調部 254、 及び FSK復号部 256等を介して前記無線タグ 212の IDが読み出されると共に、前 記 FSK復号部 256から出力される復号信号等に基づいてその受信信号の受信信号 強度が検出される。次に、 SB204において、 SB203にて読み出された IDが受信信 号強度及び検出主体である受信端末装置 216等と関連付けられてテーブルに記憶 される。次に、 SB205において、 Θに所定値 Δ Θが加算されて前記受信 PAAウェイ ト制御部 262における受信 PAAウェイトレジスタの値が更新された後、 SB206にお いて、 0が所定値 0 E (例えば、 0 E = 9O° はりも大きいか否かが判断される。この S B206の判断が否定される場合には、 SB202以下の処理が再び実行される力 SB2 06の判断が肯定される場合には、 SB207において、テーブルに 1つでもタグの IDが 記憶されている力否かが判断される。この SB207の判断が否定される場合には、そ れをもって本ルーチンが終了させられる力 SB207の判断が肯定される場合には、 SB208において、所定の無線タグ 212を示す ID (例えば、 ID2)が指定される。次に 、 SB209において、 SB208にて指定された IDを検出した受信端末装置 216の ID ( 図 48の Rl、 R2、 R3、 R4にネ目当)力 Sテープノレ力ら読み出される。次に、 SB210にお いて、 SB208にて指定された IDを検出した受信端末装置 216の IDが複数読み出さ れたか否かが判断される。この SB210の判断が否定される場合には、 SB214以下 の処理が実行される力 SB210の判断が肯定される場合 (例えば、 ID2を検出した R 1、 R3、 R4)には、 SB211において、受信信号強度が大きい方から 2つの受信端末 装置 216の IDが選択される(R1と R4)。次に、 SB212において、 SB211にて選択さ れた 2つの受信端末装置 216の ID (R1及び R4)に対応する指向性方向 Θ 1、 Θ 2が 読み出される(60° 及び 40° )。次に、 SB213において、 SB212にて読み出された 指向性方向 0 1、 0 2 (60° 及び 40° )と、 SB211にて指定された受信端末装置 21 6の ID (R1及び R4)と力も無線タグ 212の位置が図 49のような関係から決定される。 次に、 SB214において、 SB208にて指定された ID及びそれと関連付けられた情報 がテーブルから消去された後、 SB207以下の処理が再び実行される。以上の制御 において、 SB201及び SB205が前記受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262の動作に対応 する。 First, in SB 201, a value corresponding to Θ = 0 S (for example, Θ S = 0 °) is set as an initial value in the reception PAA weight register in the reception PAA wait control unit 262. Next, in SB202, the response wave F from the wireless tag 212 is received and stored in the reception memory unit 248 via the down converter 242, the reception signal amplification unit 244, the reception signal AZD conversion unit 246, and the like. The received signal subjected to phased array processing by the reception PAA processing unit 252 is demodulated by the AM method by the AM demodulation unit 254, The FSK decoding unit 256 interprets the decoded signal decoded by the FSK method and determines whether or not the information signal related to the modulation of the wireless tag 212 has been read correctly (at this time, the wireless signal such as the preamble). If some information related to the modulation of tag 212 can be read, it can be determined that there was a response). If the determination of SB202 is negative, the processing from SB205 is executed.However, if the determination of SB202 is affirmative, in SB203 corresponding to the operation of received signal strength detection section 260, The received signal stored in the reception memory unit 248 is further read, and the ID of the wireless tag 212 is read through the reception PAA processing unit 252, AM demodulation unit 254, FSK decoding unit 256, etc. Based on the decoded signal output from FSK decoding section 256, the received signal strength of the received signal is detected. Next, in SB 204, the ID read out in SB 203 is stored in a table in association with the received signal strength and the receiving terminal device 216 that is the detection subject. Next, in SB205, a predetermined value ΔΘ is added to Θ and the value of the reception PAA wait register in the reception PAA wait control unit 262 is updated. Then, in SB206, 0 is a predetermined value 0 E (for example, 0 E = 9O ° Whether or not the beam is large is determined, and if the determination of S B206 is negative, the power to execute the processing after SB202 again is determined when the determination of SB2 06 is positive In SB207, a determination is made as to whether or not at least one tag ID is stored in the table.If the determination in SB207 is negative, this routine is used to terminate the routine. If the determination is affirmative, an ID (for example, ID2) indicating the predetermined wireless tag 212 is specified in SB208, and then, in SB209, the receiving terminal device that has detected the ID specified in SB208 216 ID (Rl, R2, R3, R4 in Fig. 48) Next, in SB210, it is determined whether or not a plurality of IDs of receiving terminal device 216 that has detected the ID specified in SB208 have been read out. If the determination of SB210 is affirmative (for example, R1, R3, R4 that detected ID2), SB211 receives the two received signals with the highest received signal strength. The IDs of the terminal devices 216 are selected (R1 and R4) Next, in the SB212, the directivity directions Θ 1 corresponding to the IDs (R1 and R4) of the two receiving terminal devices 216 selected in the SB211 Θ 2 is read out (60 ° and 40 °), then in SB213, read out in SB212 Directivity directions 0 1, 0 2 (60 ° and 40 °), ID (R1 and R4) of receiving terminal device 216 specified by SB211 and force It is determined. Next, in SB214, after the ID specified in SB208 and the information associated therewith are deleted from the table, the processes in SB207 and subsequent steps are executed again. In the above control, the SB 201 and the SB 205 correspond to the operation of the reception PAA weight control unit 262.
[0166] このように、本実施例によれば、前記無線タグ 212に向けて所定の送信信号を送信 する単数の送信端末装置 214と、その送信端末装置 214により送信される送信信号 に応じて前記無線タグ 212から返信される返信信号を受信する複数の受信端末装 置 216とを、それぞれ別体の装置として異なる位置に備えていることから、必要十分 な個数の送信端末装置 214及び受信端末装置 216をそれぞれ適切な位置に設置 することで、通信範囲である室 218内に配設された全ての無線タグ 212を比較的簡 単な制御により速やかに検出できる。すなわち、通信範囲内に配置された無線タグ 2 12を可及的に速やかに検出し得る無線タグ通信システム 210を提供することができ る。また、前記受信端末装置 216が複数設けられていることで、ある受信端末装置 21 6で検出できなくても、別の受信端末装置 216で検出できるため、通信範囲を広くで きる。 As described above, according to this embodiment, a single transmission terminal device 214 that transmits a predetermined transmission signal toward the wireless tag 212 and a transmission signal transmitted by the transmission terminal device 214 Since a plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 that receive reply signals returned from the wireless tag 212 are provided in different positions as separate devices, a necessary and sufficient number of transmitting terminal devices 214 and receiving terminals are provided. By installing the devices 216 at appropriate positions, it is possible to quickly detect all the wireless tags 212 arranged in the room 218 that is a communication range by relatively simple control. That is, it is possible to provide the wireless tag communication system 210 that can detect the wireless tag 212 arranged in the communication range as quickly as possible. Also, since a plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 are provided, even if they cannot be detected by one receiving terminal device 216, they can be detected by another receiving terminal device 216, so that the communication range can be widened.
[0167] また、所定の前記送信端末装置 214から送信された送信信号に応じて前記無線タ グ 212から返信される返信信号を複数の前記受信端末装置 216により受信し得るよ うな位置にそれら送信端末装置 214及び複数の受信端末装置 216を備えたもので あるため、前記送信端末装置 214より多数の受信端末装置 216を設置することで、 所定の送信端末装置 214から送信された送信信号に応じて前記無線タグ 212から 返信される返信信号を複数の受信端末装置 216により受信することができ、通信の 重畳を好適に防止しつつ通信範囲内に配設された全ての無線タグ 212を効率的に 検出できる。 [0167] In addition, a response signal transmitted from the wireless tag 212 in response to a transmission signal transmitted from the predetermined transmission terminal device 214 is transmitted to a position where a plurality of the reception terminal devices 216 can receive them. Since the terminal device 214 and the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 are provided, by installing a larger number of receiving terminal devices 216 than the transmitting terminal device 214, it is possible to respond to a transmission signal transmitted from a predetermined transmitting terminal device 214. The reply signals returned from the wireless tag 212 can be received by the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216, and all the wireless tags 212 arranged in the communication range can be efficiently prevented while suitably preventing communication superposition. Can be detected.
[0168] また、前記受信端末装置 216は、前記無線タグ 212から返信される返信信号の受 信指向性を制御する受信指向性制御部である受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262 (SB20 1及び SB205)を備えたものであるため、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグ 212を比 較的簡単な制御により速やかに検出できる。 [0168] Further, the receiving terminal device 216 includes a reception PAA weight control unit 262 (SB201 and SB205) which is a reception directivity control unit for controlling the reception directivity of the reply signal returned from the wireless tag 212. Therefore, the wireless tag 212 placed within the communication range is compared. It can be detected quickly by comparatively simple control.
[0169] また、前記受信端末装置 216の受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262により制御される受信 指向性の方向に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出するものであるた め、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグ 212の存在する位置を比較的簡単な制御に より速やかに検出できる。 [0169] Further, since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on the direction of the reception directivity controlled by the reception PAA weight control unit 262 of the reception terminal device 216, The position where the arranged wireless tag 212 exists can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
[0170] また、複数の前記受信端末装置 216の受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262によりそれぞ れ制御される受信指向性の方向及びそれら複数の受信端末装置 216相互間の距離 (相対位置関係)に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出するものであ るため、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグ 212の存在する位置を実用的な制御によ り速やかに検出できる。 [0170] Also, based on the direction of reception directivity controlled by the reception PAA weight control unit 262 of each of the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 and the distance (relative positional relationship) between the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216. Therefore, the position where the wireless tag 212 is present can be detected, so that the position where the wireless tag 212 disposed in the communication range is present can be quickly detected by practical control.
[0171] また、前記受信端末装置 216は、前記無線タグ 212から返信される返信信号の強 度を検出する受信信号強度検出部 260 (SB203)を備えたものであるため、前記無 線タグ 212から返信される返信信号の強度に基づ 、てその無線タグ 212を好適に検 出できる。 In addition, since the receiving terminal device 216 includes a received signal strength detecting unit 260 (SB203) that detects the strength of a reply signal returned from the wireless tag 212, the wireless tag 212 The wireless tag 212 can be suitably detected based on the strength of the reply signal returned from the terminal.
実施例 6 Example 6
[0172] 図 52は、本第 4発明の他の実施例である無線タグ検出システム 290について説明 する図である。この図 52に示すように、本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 290は、前 述した図 45に示す無線タグ検出システム 210における複数の受信端末装置 216に 代えて、後述する図 53に示すように受信指向性を制御し得ない複数(図 52では 4つ )の受信端末装置 292a、 292b, 292c, 292d (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に 受信端末装置 292と称する)を、通信領域である室 218の四隅に位置固定に備えて 構成されている。 FIG. 52 is a view for explaining an RFID tag detection system 290 that is another embodiment of the fourth invention. As shown in FIG. 52, the wireless tag detection system 290 of the present embodiment is replaced with a plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 in the wireless tag detection system 210 shown in FIG. 45 described above, as shown in FIG. A plurality (four in FIG. 52) of receiving terminal devices 292a, 292b, 292c, 292d (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving terminal device 292 unless otherwise distinguished) whose reception directivity cannot be controlled are communication areas. The four corners of the chamber 218 are configured to fix the position.
[0173] 図 53は、上記受信端末装置 292の構成を説明する図である。この図 53に示すよう に、上記受信端末装置 292は、前記送信端末装置 214から送信された質問波 Fに 応じて前記無線タグ 212により返信される応答波 F (返信信号)を受信するための受 信アンテナ素子 238と、前記局部発振器 240から出力される局発信号に応じて上記 受信アンテナ素子 238により受信された受信信号をダウンコンバートするダウンコン バータ 242と、そのダウンコンバータ 242によりダウンコンバートされた受信信号を所 定のゲインにて増幅する受信信号増幅部 244と、その受信信号増幅部 244により増 幅された受信信号をディジタル信号に変換する受信信号 AZD変換部 246と、その 受信信号 AZD変換部 246によりディジタル信号に変換された受信信号を処理する DSP250とを、備えて構成されている。この DSP250は、前述した AM復調部 254、 FSK復号部 256、返答ビット列解釈部 258、及び受信信号強度検出部 260を機能 的に備えている。また、上記複数の受信端末装置 292は、 LAN等を介して前記サー ノ 268との間で情報の送受信が可能とされており、前記返答ビット列解釈部 258によ り解釈された前記無線タグ 212の変調に関する情報信号及び受信信号強度検出部 260により検出される受信信号強度をそのサーバ 268に一元的に記憶できるようにな つている。 FIG. 53 is a view for explaining the configuration of the receiving terminal apparatus 292. In FIG. As shown in FIG. 53, the receiving terminal device 292 receives a response wave F (reply signal) returned by the wireless tag 212 in response to the interrogation wave F transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 214. Receiving antenna element 238, downconverter 242 for downconverting the received signal received by receiving antenna element 238 in accordance with the local oscillation signal output from local oscillator 240, and downconverted by the downconverter 242 Receive signal Received signal amplifying unit 244 that amplifies at a constant gain, received signal AZD converting unit 246 that converts the received signal amplified by received signal amplifying unit 244 into a digital signal, and digitally received by the received signal AZD converting unit 246 DSP250 which processes the received signal converted into the signal is comprised. This DSP 250 functionally includes the AM demodulator 254, FSK decoder 256, response bit string interpreter 258, and received signal strength detector 260 described above. The plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 can transmit and receive information to and from the servo 268 via a LAN or the like, and the wireless tag 212 interpreted by the response bit string interpreting unit 258 The information signal related to the modulation and the received signal strength detected by the received signal strength detector 260 can be stored in the server 268 in an integrated manner.
[0174] 本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 290は、前記複数の受信端末装置 292の受信 信号強度検出部 260によりそれぞれ検出される受信信号強度力も決定される複数の 等信号強度曲線に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出する。図 54は 、この等信号強度曲線を説明する図であり、前記送信端末装置 214から検出対象で ある無線タグ 212までの距離 で、前記受信端末装置 292から検出対象である無 線タグ 212までの距離を rでそれぞれ示している。また、この図 54に示す xy座標に The wireless tag detection system 290 of the present embodiment is based on a plurality of equal signal strength curves in which the received signal strength strengths detected by the received signal strength detectors 260 of the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 are also determined. The position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected. FIG. 54 is a diagram for explaining this equal signal strength curve. The distance from the transmitting terminal device 214 to the wireless tag 212 that is the detection target is the distance from the receiving terminal device 292 to the wireless tag 212 that is the detection target. The distance is indicated by r. In addition, the xy coordinates shown in Fig. 54
2 2
おいて、前記送信端末装置 214は座標(a, 0)で示される位置に、受信端末装置 29 2は座標(一 a, 0)で示される位置に、検出対象である無線タグ 212は座標 (X, y)で 示される位置にそれぞれ配設されているものとする。斯カる相対位置関係において、 前記受信端末装置 292における受信電力は lZ (r ,r ) 2に比例することから、 r -r が一定であれば前記無線タグ 212からの反射波 Fの強度もまた一定となる。ここで、 次の式(1)に示すように、 r -rを一定の値である kとおくと、その式(1)を変形すること In this case, the transmitting terminal device 214 is at a position indicated by coordinates (a, 0), the receiving terminal device 292 is at a position indicated by coordinates (one a, 0), and the wireless tag 212 to be detected is a coordinate ( It is assumed that they are placed at the positions indicated by X, y). In such a relative positional relationship, the received power at the receiving terminal device 292 is proportional to lZ (r, r) 2, and therefore, if r −r is constant, the intensity of the reflected wave F from the radio tag 212 is also It is also constant. Here, as shown in the following equation (1), if r -r is set to a constant value k, the equation (1) is transformed.
1 2 1 2
で式(2)が得られる。 kをパラメータとしてこの式(2)を図示したものが図 54に示す複 数の曲線であり、この複数の曲線が前記受信端末装置 292の受信信号強度検出部 260により検出される受信信号強度力 決定される複数の等信号強度曲線である。 (2) is obtained. This equation (2) with k as a parameter is a plurality of curves shown in FIG. 54, and the plurality of curves are received signal strength forces detected by the received signal strength detector 260 of the receiving terminal device 292. It is a plurality of equal signal intensity curves to be determined.
[0175] r -r = { (x + a) 2+y2}1/2- { (x + a) 2+y2}1/2 = k- - - (1) [0175] r -r = {(x + a) 2 + y 2 } 1/2 -{(x + a) 2 + y 2 } 1/2 = k---(1)
[0176] y4 + 2- (x2 + a2) · + (χ2 - a2) 2— k2 = 0' · · (2) [0176] y 4 + 2- (x 2 + a 2 ) · + (χ 2 -a 2 ) 2 — k 2 = 0 '· · (2)
[0177] 図 55は、本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 290による無線タグ 212の位置検出に ついて説明する図である。この図 55において、前記受信端末装置 292aにおける所 定の等信号強度曲線を細線で、前記受信端末装置 292bにおける所定の等信号強 度曲線を細い鎖線で、前記受信端末装置 292dにおける所定の等信号強度曲線を 細い一点鎖線でそれぞれ示している。前記無線タグ 212からの応答波 Fが前記受信 端末装置 292により受信され、前記受信信号強度検出部 260により受信信号強度が 検出されると等信号強度曲線が 1つに定まる。すなわち、等信号強度曲線の通過す る何れかの位置に検出対象である無線タグ 212が配設されていることがわかる。前述 した図 54に示すように、前記受信端末装置 292の受信信号強度検出部 260により検 出される受信信号強度から決定される等信号強度曲線は閉曲線であるため、所定の 無線タグ 212を通信対象として少なくとも 3つの受信端末装置 292における等信号強 度曲線が定まることにより、図 55に示すように、その無線タグ 212の位置はそれら 3つ の等信号強度曲線の交点であると特定することができる。この複数の等信号強度曲 線に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の位置を特定する処理は、好適には、前記サーバ 2 68による数値解析等により行われる。また、前記無線タグ 212の位置を大まかに検 出したい場合には、 2つの受信端末装置 292における等信号強度曲線力 求めるこ ともできる。すなわち、所定の無線タグ 212を通信対象として少なくとも 2つの受信端 末装置 292における等信号強度曲線が定まることにより、その無線タグ 212の位置は それら 2つの等信号強度曲線の 2つの交点のうち何れかであると特定することができ る。 FIG. 55 shows the position detection of the wireless tag 212 by the wireless tag detection system 290 of the present embodiment. It is a figure explaining about this. In FIG. 55, a predetermined equal signal strength curve in the receiving terminal device 292a is a thin line, a predetermined equal signal strength curve in the receiving terminal device 292b is a thin chain line, and a predetermined equal signal in the receiving terminal device 292d. Intensity curves are shown as thin dashed lines. When the response signal F from the wireless tag 212 is received by the receiving terminal device 292 and the received signal strength is detected by the received signal strength detector 260, one equal signal strength curve is determined. That is, it can be seen that the wireless tag 212 to be detected is disposed at any position where the equal signal intensity curve passes. As described above with reference to FIG. 54, the equal signal strength curve determined from the received signal strength detected by the received signal strength detector 260 of the receiving terminal device 292 is a closed curve. As shown in FIG. 55, when the equal signal strength curves in at least three receiving terminal devices 292 are determined, the position of the wireless tag 212 can be specified as the intersection of the three equal signal strength curves. it can. The process of specifying the position of the wireless tag 212 based on the plurality of equal signal intensity curves is preferably performed by numerical analysis by the server 268 or the like. Further, when it is desired to roughly detect the position of the wireless tag 212, the equal signal strength curve force in the two receiving terminal devices 292 can be obtained. That is, by setting an equal signal strength curve in at least two receiving terminal devices 292 for a predetermined wireless tag 212 as a communication target, the position of the wireless tag 212 is any of the two intersections of the two equal signal strength curves. Can be identified.
[0178] このように、本実施例によれば、前記送信信号の送信指向性及び受信信号の受信 指向性を何れも無指向性、すなわち特に指向性を制御しないものとし、前記受信端 末装置 292の受信信号強度検出部 260により検出される受信信号強度に基づいて 前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出するものであるため、通信範囲である室 21 8内に配設された無線タグ 212の存在する位置を比較的簡単な制御により速やかに 検出できる。 [0178] Thus, according to the present embodiment, the transmission directivity of the transmission signal and the reception directivity of the reception signal are both omnidirectional, that is, the directivity is not particularly controlled. Since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on the received signal strength detected by the received signal strength detection unit 260, the wireless tag 212 disposed in the room 218 which is a communication range. It is possible to quickly detect the position where the is present by relatively simple control.
[0179] また、複数の前記受信端末装置 292の受信信号強度検出部 260によりそれぞれ検 出される受信信号強度から決定される複数の等信号強度曲線に基づいて前記無線 タグ 212の存在する位置を検出するものであるため、前記室 218内に配設された無 線タグ 212の存在する位置を実用的な制御により速やかに検出できる。 実施例 7 [0179] Further, the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on a plurality of equal signal strength curves determined from the received signal strengths detected by the received signal strength detectors 260 of the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292, respectively. Since the The position where the line tag 212 exists can be quickly detected by practical control. Example 7
[0180] 図 56は、本第 4発明の更に別の実施例である無線タグ検出システム 300について 説明する図である。この図 56に示すように、本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 300は 、後述する図 57に示すように送信指向性を制御し得る複数(図 56では 4つ)の送信 端末装置 302a、 302b, 302c, 302d (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に送信端 末装置 302と称する)と、図 53を用いて前述した受信指向性を制御し得ない複数 (図 56では 9つ;)の受信端末装置 292a、 292b, 292c, 292d、 292e、 292f、 292g、 29 2h、 292i (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に受信端末装置 292と称する)を、通 信領域である室 218内に位置固定に備えて構成されている。 [0180] Fig. 56 is a diagram for explaining a wireless tag detection system 300 according to still another embodiment of the fourth invention. As shown in FIG. 56, the wireless tag detection system 300 according to the present embodiment has a plurality (four in FIG. 56) of transmission terminal devices 302a, 302b, 302b that can control transmission directivity as shown in FIG. 302c, 302d (hereinafter simply referred to as “transmission terminal device 302” unless otherwise distinguished) and a plurality of (9 in FIG. 56) receiving terminals that cannot control the reception directivity described above with reference to FIG. Devices 292a, 292b, 292c, 292d, 292e, 292f, 292g, 29 2h, 292i (hereinafter simply referred to as receiving terminal device 292 unless otherwise specified) are fixed in position within chamber 218, which is the communication area. It is prepared for.
[0181] 図 57は、上記送信端末装置 302の構成を説明する図である。この図 57に示すよう に、上記送信端末装置 302は、前記 AM変調部 224から出力される送信信号に各 送信アンテナ素子 234に対応して所定のウェイトを乗算することによりフェイズドアレ ィ処理を行う送信 PAA処理部 304と、その送信 PAA処理部 304にお ヽて掛け合わ される PAAウェイトを算出する送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306と、上記送信 PAA処理 部 304から出力される送信信号を記憶する送信メモリ部 308と、その送信メモリ部 30 8から読み出される各送信アンテナ素子 234に対応するディジタル信号をそれぞれ アナログ信号に変換する複数(図 57では 3つ)の送信信号 DZA変換部 226a、 226 b、 226c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に送信信号 DZA変換部 226と称する) と、前記局部発振器 228から出力される局発信号に応じて上記複数の送信信号 DZ A変換部 226から出力される送信信号それぞれをアップコンバートする複数(図 57で は 3つ)のアップコンノータ 230a、 230b, 230c (以下、特に区另 Uしない場合には単 にアップコンバータ 230と称する)と、それら複数のアップコンバータ 230によりアップ コンバートされた送信信号をそれぞれ所定のゲインにて増幅する複数(図 57では 3 つ)の送信信号増幅部 232a、 232b, 232c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に送 信信号増幅部 232と称する)と、それら複数の送信信号増幅部 232により増幅された 送信信号を質問波 Fとして送信する複数(図 57では 3つ)の送信アンテナ素子 234a 、 234b, 234c (以下、特に区別しない場合には単に送信アンテナ素子 234と称する )とを、備えて構成されている。斯カゝる構成において、上記送信 PAA処理部 304及び 送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306は、前記 DSP236に機能的に備えられたものである。 また、上記送信 PAA処理部 304は、上記送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306により算出さ れる PAAウェイトを前記 AM変調部 234から出力される送信信号それぞれに乗算す る複数(図 57では 3つ)の送信 PAAウェイト乗算部 310a、 310b, 310c (以下、特に 区別しない場合には単に送信 PAAウェイト乗算部 310と称する)を備えて構成されて おり、前記無線タグ 212との間の通信における送信指向性を制御する。この送信指 向性制御では、複数の送信端末装置 302による送信電波が重複するのを防ぐため、 例えば、図 56に示すように、前記送信端末装置 302bの送信指向性として例示する 1 乃至 24の順番で各送信端末装置 302が指向性を振るように制御する。 FIG. 57 is a view for explaining the configuration of the transmission terminal apparatus 302. In FIG. As shown in FIG. 57, the transmission terminal apparatus 302 performs phased array processing by multiplying the transmission signal output from the AM modulation unit 224 by a predetermined weight corresponding to each transmission antenna element 234. A transmission PAA processing unit 304, a transmission PAA weight control unit 306 that calculates a PAA weight multiplied by the transmission PAA processing unit 304, and a transmission memory that stores a transmission signal output from the transmission PAA processing unit 304 A plurality of (three in FIG. 57) transmission signals DZA conversion units 226a, 226b, and 226c that convert the digital signals corresponding to the transmission antenna elements 234 read from the transmission unit 308 and the transmission memory unit 308 into analog signals, respectively. (Hereinafter, simply referred to as a transmission signal DZA conversion unit 226 unless otherwise distinguished) and the plurality of transmission signal DZ A conversion units 226 according to the local oscillation signal output from the local oscillator 228. A plurality of upconverters 230a, 230b, 230c (hereinafter referred to as upconverter 230 unless otherwise specified) that upconvert each of the transmission signals output from A plurality of (three in FIG. 57) transmission signal amplifying units 232a, 232b, and 232c that amplify the transmission signals up-converted by the plurality of up-converters 230 with a predetermined gain, respectively. And a plurality of (three in FIG. 57) transmission antenna elements 234a, 234b, 234c (three in FIG. 57) that transmit the transmission signals amplified by the plurality of transmission signal amplification units 232 as interrogation waves F. Hereinafter, unless otherwise distinguished, it is simply referred to as a transmitting antenna element 234. ). In such a configuration, the transmission PAA processing unit 304 and the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 are functionally provided in the DSP 236. The transmission PAA processing unit 304 multiplies each of the transmission signals output from the AM modulation unit 234 by the PAA weight calculated by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 (three in FIG. 57). PAA weight multipliers 310a, 310b, 310c (hereinafter simply referred to as “transmission PAA weight multiplier 310” unless otherwise distinguished) are provided, and transmission directivity in communication with the wireless tag 212 is improved. Control. In this transmission directivity control, in order to prevent transmission radio waves from being transmitted by a plurality of transmission terminal apparatuses 302, for example, as shown in FIG. 56, the transmission directivity of 1 to 24 illustrated as the transmission terminal apparatus 302b is exemplified. Control is performed so that each transmission terminal apparatus 302 has directivity in order.
[0182] 図 56に示す無線タグ検出システム 300において、前記複数の送信端末装置 302 は、 LAN等を介して所定のサーバ 268との間で情報の送受信が可能とされており、 検出指令や検出対象である無線タグ 212の ID等をそのサーバ 268から取得できるよ うになつている。また、前記複数の受信端末装置 292は、 LAN等を介して前記サー ノ 268との間で情報の送受信が可能とされており、上記返答ビット列解釈部 258によ り解釈された前記無線タグ 212の変調に関する情報信号をそのサーバ 268に一元 的に記憶できるようになつている。すなわち、好適には、前記サーバ 268は、前記無 線タグ検出システム 300おいて上記複数の送信端末装置 302及び複数の受信端末 装置 292の動作を制御するコントローラとして機能するものであり、前記送信端末装 置 302の送信指向性制御部である送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306により制御される送 信指向性の方向に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出する処理を行 うものである。 In the wireless tag detection system 300 shown in FIG. 56, the plurality of transmission terminal devices 302 can transmit / receive information to / from a predetermined server 268 via a LAN or the like. The ID of the target wireless tag 212 can be acquired from the server 268. The plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 can transmit / receive information to / from the servo 268 via a LAN or the like, and the wireless tag 212 interpreted by the response bit string interpreting unit 258 is used. It is possible to store information signals related to the modulation in the server 268 in a centralized manner. That is, preferably, the server 268 functions as a controller that controls the operations of the plurality of transmission terminal apparatuses 302 and the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 292 in the radio tag detection system 300, and the transmission terminal Processing for detecting the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is performed based on the direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 which is a transmission directivity control unit of the device 302.
[0183] 前記サーバ 268には、前記受信端末装置 292により検出された無線タグ 212の ID 力 その検出主体である受信端末装置 302、送信指向性方向、及び受信信号強度 と関連付けられて記憶されるようになっている。図 58は、前記送信端末装置 302aか ら送信指向性方向 Θ = 30° に送信信号が送信された際に各受信端末装置 292に より検出された無線タグ 212の ID及び受信信号強度を示しており、「R1」で示される 受信端末装置 292aにより ID「1」のタグが受信信号強度「8」にて、「R2」で示される 受信端末装置 292bにより ID「1」のタグが受信信号強度「4」にて、「R5」で示される 受信端末装置 292eにより ID「1」のタグが受信信号強度「2」にて、それぞれ検出され たことを示している。すなわち、図 58は、前記送信端末装置 302aから送信指向性方 向 0 = 30° に送信信号が送信された際に ID「1」の無線タグ 212 (単一のタグ)が検 出された例を示している。また、図 59は、前記送信端末装置 302aから送信指向性方 向 Θ = 60° に送信信号が送信された際に各受信端末装置 292により検出された無 線タグ 212の ID及び受信信号強度を示しており、「R2」で示される受信端末装置 29 2bにより ID「2」のタグが受信信号強度「4」にて、「R4」で示される受信端末装置 292 dにより ID「2」のタグが受信信号強度「8」にて、「R5」で示される受信端末装置 292e により ID「2」のタグが受信信号強度「2」にて、「R2」で示される受信端末装置 292b により ID「3」のタグが受信信号強度「6」にて、「R4」で示される受信端末装置 292d により ID「3」のタグが受信信号強度「3」にて、それぞれ検出されたことを示している。 すなわち、図 58は、前記送信端末装置 302aから送信指向性方向 Θ = 60° に送信 信号が送信された際に ID「2」及び「3」の無線タグ 212 (2つのタグ)が検出された例 を示している。 The server 268 stores the ID power of the wireless tag 212 detected by the receiving terminal device 292 in association with the receiving terminal device 302 that is the detection subject, the transmission directivity direction, and the received signal strength. It is like that. FIG. 58 shows the ID of the radio tag 212 and the received signal strength detected by each receiving terminal device 292 when the transmitting signal is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 302a in the transmission directivity direction Θ = 30 °. The tag of ID “1” is indicated by “R2” with the received signal strength “8” by the receiving terminal device 292a indicated by “R1”. Receiving terminal device 292b detects ID “1” tag with received signal strength “4”, and receiving terminal device 292e detects ID tag “1” with received signal strength “2”. It has been shown. That is, FIG. 58 shows an example in which the wireless tag 212 (single tag) with ID “1” is detected when a transmission signal is transmitted from the transmission terminal device 302a in the transmission directivity direction 0 = 30 °. Is shown. FIG. 59 shows the ID and received signal strength of the radio tag 212 detected by each receiving terminal device 292 when a transmitting signal is transmitted from the transmitting terminal device 302a in the transmission directivity direction Θ = 60 °. The tag of ID “2” is received signal strength “4” by the receiving terminal device 29 2b indicated by “R2”, and the tag of ID “2” is received by the receiving terminal device 292 d indicated by “R4”. When the received signal strength is “8”, the tag of ID “2” is received by the receiving terminal device 292e indicated by “R5” and the ID “2” is indicated by the receiving terminal device 292b indicated by “R2”. The tag “3” is detected at the received signal strength “6”, and the tag “ID” “3” is detected at the received signal strength “3” by the receiving terminal device 292d indicated by “R4”. . That is, FIG. 58 shows that wireless tags 212 (two tags) with IDs “2” and “3” are detected when a transmission signal is transmitted from the transmission terminal device 302a in the transmission directivity direction Θ = 60 °. An example is shown.
本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 300は、前記送信端末装置 302の送信指向性 制御部である送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306により制御される送信指向性の方向(メイ ンローブの方向)と、前記複数の受信端末装置 292の受信信号強度検出部 260によ りそれぞれ検出される受信信号強度の比とに基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する 位置を検出する。図 60は、本実施例の無線タグ検出システム 300による無線タグ 21 2の位置検出について説明する図であり、図 58の検出結果から ID「1」のタグの位置 を特定する例を示すものである。この図 60において、前記受信端末装置 292aから 検出対象である無線タグ 212までの距離 で、前記受信端末装置 292bから検出 対象である無線タグ 212までの距離 ¾τでそれぞれ示している。また、この図 60に示 The wireless tag detection system 300 of the present embodiment includes a transmission directivity direction (main lobe direction) controlled by a transmission PAA weight control unit 306 that is a transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal device 302, and the plurality of the plurality of transmission directivity control units. Based on the ratio of the received signal strengths detected by the received signal strength detector 260 of the receiving terminal device 292, the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected. FIG. 60 is a diagram for explaining the position detection of the wireless tag 212 by the wireless tag detection system 300 of the present embodiment, and shows an example of specifying the position of the tag of ID “1” from the detection result of FIG. is there. In FIG. 60, the distance from the receiving terminal device 292a to the detection target wireless tag 212 is shown as the distance ¾τ from the reception terminal device 292b to the detection target wireless tag 212. Also shown in Figure 60.
2 2
す xy座標において、前記受信端末装置 292aは座標(一 a, 0)で示される位置に、受 信端末装置 292bは座標(a, 0)で示される位置に、検出対象である無線タグ 212は 座標 (X, y)で示される位置にそれぞれ配設されているものとする。斯カる相対位置 関係において、各受信端末装置 292における受信電力は lZr 1/τ 2に比例する ことから、その比 (r /τ ) 2—定であれば前記無線タグ 212からの反射波 Fの強度の In the xy coordinates, the receiving terminal device 292a is located at the position indicated by the coordinates (one a, 0), the receiving terminal device 292b is located at the position indicated by the coordinates (a, 0), and the wireless tag 212 to be detected is Assume that they are placed at the positions indicated by coordinates (X, y). In this relative positional relationship, the received power at each receiving terminal device 292 is proportional to lZr 1 / τ 2 . Therefore, the ratio (r / τ) 2 — if constant, the intensity of the reflected wave F from the wireless tag 212
1 2 r 比もまた一定となる。ここで、次の式(3)に示すように、 (r Zr ) 2を一定の値である kと The 1 2 r ratio is also constant. Here, as shown in the following equation (3), (r Zr) 2 is set to a constant value k and
1 2 1 2
おくと、その式(3)を変形することで式 (4)が得られる。 kをパラメータとしてこの式 (4) を図示したものが図 60に示す複数の曲線であり、この複数の曲線が前記受信端末 装置 292aによる受信信号強度及び受信端末装置 292bによる受信信号強度力 決 定される等信号強度比曲線である。 Then, equation (4) is obtained by transforming equation (3). The equation (4) with k as a parameter is a plurality of curves shown in FIG. 60, and these curves determine the received signal strength by the receiving terminal device 292a and the received signal strength strength by the receiving terminal device 292b. Is an equal signal intensity ratio curve.
[0185] (r [0185] (r
1 Λ 2Ϋ= { (x + a) 2+y2} 1/2/{ (χ-a) 2+y2} 1/2 = k- · · (3) 1 Λ 2Ϋ = {(x + a) 2 + y 2 } 1/2 / {(χ-a) 2 + y 2 } 1/2 = k- · · (3)
[0186] {x-a (l +k2) / (l -k2) }2+y2= { 2ka/ (l -k2) }2- - - (4) [0186] {xa (l + k 2 ) / (l -k 2 )} 2 + y 2 = {2ka / (l -k 2 )} 2 ---(4)
[0187] 図 60では、前記送信端末装置 302の送信指向性方向を細い一点鎖線で示してい る。前記複数の受信端末装置 292の相対位置関係は固定されているため、所定の 無線タグ 212からの応答波 Fが前記受信端末装置 292a及び 292bにより受信され、 それぞれの受信信号強度検出部 260により受信信号強度が検出されると、その比か ら等信号強度比曲線が 1つに定まる。すなわち、等信号強度比曲線の通過する何れ かの位置に検出対象である無線タグ 212が配設されていることがわかる。また、検出 対象である無線タグ 212は、斯かる検出が行われた際の前記送信端末装置 302の 送信指向性方向に存在すると考えられ、前記複数の送信端末装置 302及び受信端 末装置 292の相対位置関係は固定されているため、図 60に示すように、検出対象で ある無線タグ 212の位置は、前記受信端末装置 292a及び 292bによる受信信号強 度により 1つに定められる等信号強度比曲線と、前記送信端末装置 302の送信指向 性方向を示す直線との交点であると特定することができる。また、各送信端末装置 30 2の送信 PAAウエイト制御部 306により送信指向性方向を変化させつつ通信領域で ある前記室 218全領域をサーチし、前記複数の受信端末装置 292による受信結果を 送信指向性方向と関連付けてテーブルに記憶させ、そのテーブルの中で同一の ID を有する無線タグ 212が複数の送信指向性方向と関連付けられて記憶されて 、る場 合には、受信信号強度が最も大きい送信指向性方向の検出結果に基づいて前記無 線タグ 212の位置を特定する態様も考えられる。この等信号強度比曲線及び送信指 向性方向に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の位置を特定する処理は、好適には、前記 サーバ 268による数値解析等により行われる。 [0188] 図 61は、前記サーバ 268による前記送信端末装置 302及び受信端末装置 292を 用いた無線タグ検出制御の要部を説明するフローチャートであり、所定の周期で繰り 返し実行されるちのである。 [0187] In FIG. 60, the transmission directivity direction of the transmission terminal apparatus 302 is indicated by a thin one-dot chain line. Since the relative positional relationship between the plurality of receiving terminal devices 292 is fixed, the response wave F from the predetermined radio tag 212 is received by the receiving terminal devices 292a and 292b and received by the respective received signal strength detecting units 260. When the signal strength is detected, an equal signal strength ratio curve is determined from the ratio. That is, it can be seen that the wireless tag 212 to be detected is disposed at any position where the equal signal intensity ratio curve passes. Further, the wireless tag 212 that is a detection target is considered to exist in the transmission directivity direction of the transmission terminal device 302 when such detection is performed, and the plurality of transmission terminal devices 302 and the reception terminal devices 292 Since the relative positional relationship is fixed, as shown in FIG. 60, the position of the wireless tag 212 to be detected is equal to the equal signal strength ratio determined by the received signal strength by the receiving terminal devices 292a and 292b. It can be identified as the intersection of a curve and a straight line indicating the transmission directivity direction of the transmission terminal apparatus 302. Further, the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 of each transmission terminal device 302 searches the entire region 218 as a communication region while changing the transmission directivity direction, and the reception results by the plurality of reception terminal devices 292 are transmitted in the transmission direction. If the wireless tag 212 having the same ID is stored in association with a plurality of transmission directivity directions, the received signal strength is the highest. A mode in which the position of the radio tag 212 is specified based on the detection result of the transmission directivity direction is also conceivable. The process of specifying the position of the wireless tag 212 based on the equal signal intensity ratio curve and the transmission directivity direction is preferably performed by numerical analysis by the server 268 or the like. FIG. 61 is a flowchart for explaining the main part of the wireless tag detection control using the transmitting terminal device 302 and the receiving terminal device 292 by the server 268, which is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle. .
[0189] 先ず、 SC201において、前記送信端末装置 302の送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306 における送信 PAAウェイトレジスタに θ = Θ Sに対応する値が初期値として設定され る。次に、 SC202において、前記送信端末装置 302のコマンドビット列生成部 220に より前記無線タグ 212から IDを読み出すためのコマンドビット列が生成され、前記 FS K符号化部 222、 AM変調部 224、及び送信 PAA処理部 304等を介して前記複数 の送信アンテナ素子 234から質問波 Fとして Θで示される指向性方向に送信される 。次に、 SC203において、前記無線タグ 212からの応答波 Fが前記受信端末装置 2 92により受信され、前記ダウンコンバータ 242、受信信号増幅部 244、及び受信信 号 AZD変換部 246等を介して前記受信メモリ部 248に記憶され、前記受信 PAA処 理部 252でフェイズドアレイ処理された受信信号が前記 AM復調部 254において A M方式で復調され、更に前記 FSK復号部 256にお ヽて FSK方式で復号化された復 号信号が解釈されて前記無線タグ 212の変調に関する情報信号が正しく読み出され たか否かが判断される。この SC203の判断が否定される場合には、 SC205以下の 処理が実行される力 SC203の判断が肯定される場合には、前記受信信号強度検 出部 260の動作に対応する SC204において、前記受信メモリ部 248に記憶された 受信信号が更に読み出され、前記 AM復調部 254及び FSK復号部 256等を介して 前記無線タグ 212の IDが読み出されると共に、前記 FSK復号部 256から出力される 復号信号等に基づいてその受信信号の受信信号強度が検出された後、その読み出 された IDが受信信号強度及び検出主体である受信端末装置 292等と関連付けられ てテーブルに記憶される。次に、 SDにおいて、図 62に示すタグ位置特定制御が実 行される。次に、 SC205において、 Θに所定値 Δ Θが加算されて前記送信 PAAゥ エイト制御部 306における送信 PAAウェイトレジスタの値が更新された後、 SC206に おいて、 Θが所定値 θ Eよりも大きいか否かが判断される。この SC206の判断が否 定される場合には、 SC202以下の処理が再び実行される力 SC206の判断が肯定 される場合には、それをもって本ルーチンが終了させられる。以上の制御において、 SC201及び SC205が前記送信端末装置 302の送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306の動 作に対応する。 First, in SC 201, a value corresponding to θ = Θ S is set as an initial value in the transmission PAA weight register in transmission PAA weight control section 306 of transmission terminal apparatus 302. Next, in SC202, a command bit string for reading an ID from the radio tag 212 is generated by the command bit string generation unit 220 of the transmission terminal apparatus 302, and the FSK encoding unit 222, the AM modulation unit 224, and the transmission The interrogated wave F is transmitted in the directivity direction indicated by Θ from the plurality of transmitting antenna elements 234 via the PAA processing unit 304 or the like. Next, in SC 203, the response wave F from the wireless tag 212 is received by the reception terminal device 292, and the reception terminal device 292 receives the response signal F through the down converter 242, the reception signal amplification unit 244, the reception signal AZD conversion unit 246, and the like. The reception signal stored in the reception memory unit 248 and subjected to the phased array processing by the reception PAA processing unit 252 is demodulated by the AM demodulation unit 254 by the AM method, and is further decoded by the FSK decoding unit 256 by the FSK method. The decoded decoding signal is interpreted, and it is determined whether or not the information signal related to the modulation of the wireless tag 212 has been read correctly. When the determination of SC203 is negative, the power to execute the processing of SC205 and subsequent processing is performed. When the determination of SC203 is affirmative, the reception at SC204 corresponding to the operation of reception signal strength detection unit 260 is performed. The received signal stored in the memory unit 248 is further read out, and the ID of the wireless tag 212 is read out through the AM demodulating unit 254 and the FSK decoding unit 256, etc., and output from the FSK decoding unit 256 After the received signal strength of the received signal is detected based on the signal and the like, the read ID is stored in the table in association with the received signal strength and the receiving terminal device 292 that is the detection subject. Next, tag position specifying control shown in FIG. 62 is executed in SD. Next, in SC205, a predetermined value ΔΘ is added to Θ and the value of the transmission PAA wait register in the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 is updated. Then, in SC206, Θ is greater than the predetermined value θE. It is determined whether or not it is large. When the determination of SC206 is denied, the power to execute the processing after SC202 again. When the determination of SC206 is affirmed, the routine is terminated. In the above control, SC201 and SC205 correspond to the operation of the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 of the transmission terminal apparatus 302.
[0190] 図 62は、図 61に示す無線タグ検出制御の一部であるタグ位置特定制御を説明す るフローチャートである。この制御では、先ず、 SD201において、テーブルに 1つでも タグの IDが記憶されている力否かが判断される。この SD201の判断が否定される場 合には、それをもって図 61に示す無線タグ検出制御に復帰させられる力 SD1の判 断が肯定される場合には、 SD202において、所定の無線タグ 212を示す IDが指定 される(例えば、 Θ = 30° なら図 58力ら ID1)。次に、 SD203において、 SD202に て指定された IDを検出した受信端末装置 292の ID (図 58の Rl、 R2、 R5)がテープ ルから読み出される。次に、 SD204において、 SD202にて指定された IDを検出した 受信端末装置 292の IDが複数読み出されたか否かが判断される。この SD204の判 断が否定される場合には、 SD209以下の処理が実行される力 SD204の判断が肯 定される場合には、 SD205において、受信信号強度が大きい方から 2つの受信端末 装置 292の IDが選択される(R1及び R2)。次に、 SD206において、 SD205にて選 択された 2つの受信端末装置 292の IDに対応する受信信号強度が読み出される。 次に、 SD207において、 SD206にて読み出された受信信号強度から強度比が算出 される。次に、 SD208において、 SD207にて算出された受信信号強度の比及び図 61に示す無線タグ検出制御における送信指向性方向 Θに基づいて SD202にて指 定された IDに対応する無線タグ 212の位置が決定される(図 60の位置関係より)。次 に、 SD209において、 SD202にて指定された ID及びそれと関連付けられた情報が テーブルから消去された後、 SD1以下の処理が再び実行される。 FIG. 62 is a flowchart for explaining tag position specifying control which is a part of the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG. In this control, first, in SD201, it is determined whether or not the tag ID is stored in the table. If the determination of SD201 is negative, the force that can be returned to the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG. 61 is determined. If the determination of SD1 is positive, the predetermined wireless tag 212 is indicated in SD202. ID is specified (for example, if Θ = 30 °, Fig. 58 Force et al. ID1). Next, in the SD 203, the IDs (Rl, R2, R5 in FIG. 58) of the receiving terminal device 292 that has detected the ID specified in the SD 202 are read from the tape. Next, in SD204, it is determined whether or not a plurality of IDs of receiving terminal device 292 that detected the ID specified in SD202 have been read. When the determination of SD204 is denied, the power to execute the processing below SD209 is performed. When the determination of SD204 is affirmed, in SD205, the two receiving terminal devices with the highest received signal strength are received. IDs are selected (R1 and R2). Next, in SD206, received signal strengths corresponding to the IDs of the two receiving terminal devices 292 selected in SD205 are read out. Next, in SD207, the intensity ratio is calculated from the received signal intensity read in SD206. Next, in SD208, based on the ratio of the received signal strength calculated in SD207 and the transmission directivity direction Θ in the wireless tag detection control shown in FIG. 61, the wireless tag 212 corresponding to the ID specified in SD202. The position is determined (from the positional relationship in Fig. 60). Next, in SD209, the ID specified in SD202 and the information associated with it are deleted from the table, and then the processing below SD1 is executed again.
[0191] このように、本実施例によれば、前記送信端末装置 302の送信指向性制御部であ る送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306 (SC201及び SC205)により制御される送信指向性 の方向に基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在する位置を検出するものであるため、通 信範囲である室 218内に配設された無線タグ 212の存在する位置を比較的簡単な 制御により速やかに検出できる。 Thus, according to the present embodiment, based on the direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 (SC201 and SC205) which is the transmission directivity control unit of the transmission terminal apparatus 302. Since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected, the position where the wireless tag 212 arranged in the room 218 which is the communication range can be quickly detected by relatively simple control.
[0192] また、前記送信端末装置 302の送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306により制御される送信 指向性の方向と、複数の前記受信端末装置 292の受信信号強度検出部 260 (SC2 04)によりそれぞれ検出される受信信号強度の比とに基づいて前記無線タグ 212の 存在する位置を検出するものであるため、前記室 218内に配設された無線タグ 212 の存在する位置を実用的な制御により速やかに検出できる。 [0192] Also, the direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission PAA weight control section 306 of the transmission terminal apparatus 302 and the reception signal strength detection sections 260 (SC2) of the plurality of reception terminal apparatuses 292 04), the position where the wireless tag 212 is present is detected based on the ratio of the received signal strengths detected by each of the above (4), so that the position where the wireless tag 212 disposed in the chamber 218 is present is practically used. Can be detected promptly by automatic control.
[0193] また、少なくとも 2つの受信端末装置 292による受信信号強度の比から決定される 等信号強度比曲線と、前記送信端末装置 302の送信 PAAウェイト制御部 306により 制御される送信指向性の方向を示す直線とに基づいて前記無線タグ 212の存在す る位置を検出するものであるため、通信範囲内に配設された無線タグ 212の存在す る位置を実用的な制御により速やかに検出できる。 Further, an equal signal strength ratio curve determined from a ratio of received signal strengths by at least two receiving terminal devices 292, and a direction of transmission directivity controlled by the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 of the transmitting terminal device 302 Since the position where the wireless tag 212 exists is detected based on the straight line indicating the position, the position where the wireless tag 212 arranged in the communication range can be detected quickly by practical control. .
[0194] 以上、本第 4発明の好適な実施例を図面に基づいて詳細に説明したが、本第 4発 明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ更に別の態様においても実施される。 [0194] The preferred embodiment of the fourth invention has been described in detail with reference to the drawings. However, the fourth invention is not limited to this embodiment, and may be implemented in another mode.
[0195] 例えば、前述の実施例にお!、て、前記受信 PAA処理部 252、受信信号強度検出 部 260、及び受信 PAAウェイト制御部 262は前記受信端末装置 216の DSP250に 、前記送信 PAA処理部 304及び送信 PAAゥ イト制御部 306は前記送信端末装置 302の DSP236に、それぞれ機能的に備えられたものであった力 これらの制御機 能は個別の制御装置として前記受信端末装置 216や送信端末装置 302等に設けら れるものであってもよい。また、これらの制御機能による処理は、アナログ信号処理に よるものであると、ディジタル信号処理によるものであるとを問わない。 For example, in the embodiment described above, the reception PAA processing unit 252, the reception signal strength detection unit 260, and the reception PAA weight control unit 262 are connected to the DSP 250 of the reception terminal device 216, and the transmission PAA processing The unit 304 and the transmission PAA weight control unit 306 are powers that are functionally provided in the DSP 236 of the transmission terminal device 302. These control functions are the individual control devices of the reception terminal device 216 and the transmission terminal device 306. It may be provided in the terminal device 302 or the like. Further, the processing by these control functions may be performed by analog signal processing or by digital signal processing.
[0196] また、前述の実施例において、前記複数の受信端末装置 216等を制御することに より前記サーバ 268の処理によって前記無線タグ 212の位置を特定するものであつ た力 例えば、このサーバ 268の機能を何れかの受信端末装置 216に付与すること により、マスター装置であるその受信端末装置 216に処理させるものであっても構わ ない。この場合、前記サーバ 268は必ずしも設けられなくともよい。また、斯カる機能 を前記送信端末装置 214に付与する態様も考えられ、そのようにしても本発明の一 応の効果を奏する。 [0196] Further, in the above-described embodiment, the force used to identify the position of the wireless tag 212 by the processing of the server 268 by controlling the plurality of receiving terminal devices 216 and the like. By giving this function to any receiving terminal device 216, the receiving terminal device 216, which is the master device, may be processed. In this case, the server 268 is not necessarily provided. Further, a mode in which such a function is imparted to the transmission terminal device 214 is also conceivable, and even if so, the effects of the present invention are achieved.
[0197] その他、一々例示はしないが、本第 4発明はその趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内におい て種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。 [0197] In addition, although not illustrated one by one, the fourth invention is implemented with various modifications without departing from the spirit thereof.
Claims
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2004381287A JP4821117B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2004-12-28 | RFID tag communication system |
| JP2004381288A JP2006186943A (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2004-12-28 | Radio tag communication apparatus and radio tag communication system |
| JP2004-381288 | 2004-12-28 | ||
| JP2004-381287 | 2004-12-28 | ||
| JP2005-145491 | 2005-05-18 | ||
| JP2005145491A JP4982966B2 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2005-05-18 | Wireless tag detection system |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2006070563A1 true WO2006070563A1 (en) | 2006-07-06 |
Family
ID=36614688
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2005/022305 Ceased WO2006070563A1 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2005-12-05 | Wireless tag communication system, wireless tag communication equipment and wireless tag detecting system |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2006070563A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009080743A (en) * | 2007-09-27 | 2009-04-16 | Brother Ind Ltd | Wireless tag communication device |
| JP2019057287A (en) * | 2018-10-03 | 2019-04-11 | 東芝テック株式会社 | Search support device and control program thereof |
| EP3910376A4 (en) * | 2019-07-16 | 2022-04-20 | RFLocus Inc. | Position detection system |
Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0244929A (en) * | 1988-08-05 | 1990-02-14 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Mobile body position detection method |
| JPH05281346A (en) * | 1992-04-01 | 1993-10-29 | Omron Corp | Traveling object identifying device |
| WO2002103645A2 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-27 | Rf Code, Inc. | Wireless identification system and protocol |
| JP2003185730A (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2003-07-03 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Position detection system |
| JP2004007523A (en) * | 2002-03-28 | 2004-01-08 | Brother Ind Ltd | Transponders and interrogators for communication systems |
| JP2004120690A (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-15 | Brother Ind Ltd | Transponders and interrogators for communication systems |
-
2005
- 2005-12-05 WO PCT/JP2005/022305 patent/WO2006070563A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0244929A (en) * | 1988-08-05 | 1990-02-14 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Mobile body position detection method |
| JPH05281346A (en) * | 1992-04-01 | 1993-10-29 | Omron Corp | Traveling object identifying device |
| WO2002103645A2 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-27 | Rf Code, Inc. | Wireless identification system and protocol |
| JP2003185730A (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2003-07-03 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Position detection system |
| JP2004007523A (en) * | 2002-03-28 | 2004-01-08 | Brother Ind Ltd | Transponders and interrogators for communication systems |
| JP2004120690A (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-15 | Brother Ind Ltd | Transponders and interrogators for communication systems |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009080743A (en) * | 2007-09-27 | 2009-04-16 | Brother Ind Ltd | Wireless tag communication device |
| JP2019057287A (en) * | 2018-10-03 | 2019-04-11 | 東芝テック株式会社 | Search support device and control program thereof |
| EP3910376A4 (en) * | 2019-07-16 | 2022-04-20 | RFLocus Inc. | Position detection system |
| US11378643B2 (en) | 2019-07-16 | 2022-07-05 | Rflocus Inc. | Position detection system |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8164422B2 (en) | Radio-frequency tag communication device, and radio-frequency tag communication system | |
| TWI279574B (en) | Distance measuring apparatus, distance measuring method, reflector and communication system | |
| RU2552187C2 (en) | Method and apparatus for prevention of loss of objects and quick search of object | |
| JP4517674B2 (en) | Wireless communication medium processing apparatus | |
| US8149091B2 (en) | Radio-frequency tag communication device, radio-frequency tag communication system, and radio-frequency tag detecting system | |
| US20060192655A1 (en) | Radio frequency identification of tagged articles | |
| JP4821117B2 (en) | RFID tag communication system | |
| CN100401092C (en) | A method and system for wireless positioning | |
| US8040222B2 (en) | Radio-frequency tag communication system | |
| WO2006070563A1 (en) | Wireless tag communication system, wireless tag communication equipment and wireless tag detecting system | |
| CN101341661B (en) | Multi-functional system for extending and modulating 130dbm frequency of GPS terminal for life jacket | |
| JP4982966B2 (en) | Wireless tag detection system | |
| JP4600114B2 (en) | Wireless tag communication device | |
| JP5309432B2 (en) | Direction detection device | |
| JP4529541B2 (en) | Wireless communication device | |
| JP4289312B2 (en) | Wireless tag communication device | |
| JP2006227695A (en) | Radio tag information reading device | |
| JP4301157B2 (en) | Radio tag communication system and radio tag communication apparatus | |
| JP2006186943A (en) | Radio tag communication apparatus and radio tag communication system | |
| JP2006094250A (en) | Wireless tag detection system | |
| KR100666308B1 (en) | Dual Band RFID Tag | |
| CN219285738U (en) | Isolation diaphragm information induction acquisition device and accurate positioning device of isolation diaphragm | |
| JP2008048078A (en) | Wireless communication device | |
| JPWO2005106525A1 (en) | Wireless tag communication device | |
| JP4577489B2 (en) | Wireless receiver and reception control program |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 05811792 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |